TW201229139A - Method of manufacturing liquid crystal display device, liquid crystal display device and liquid crystal alignment agnet - Google Patents
Method of manufacturing liquid crystal display device, liquid crystal display device and liquid crystal alignment agnet Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TW201229139A TW201229139A TW101101020A TW101101020A TW201229139A TW 201229139 A TW201229139 A TW 201229139A TW 101101020 A TW101101020 A TW 101101020A TW 101101020 A TW101101020 A TW 101101020A TW 201229139 A TW201229139 A TW 201229139A
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- group
- liquid crystal
- compound
- acid
- decane
- Prior art date
Links
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08L—COMPOSITIONS OF MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08L79/00—Compositions of macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming in the main chain of the macromolecule a linkage containing nitrogen with or without oxygen or carbon only, not provided for in groups C08L61/00 - C08L77/00
- C08L79/04—Polycondensates having nitrogen-containing heterocyclic rings in the main chain; Polyhydrazides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
- C08L79/08—Polyimides; Polyester-imides; Polyamide-imides; Polyamide acids or similar polyimide precursors
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C09—DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- C09K—MATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
- C09K19/00—Liquid crystal materials
- C09K19/52—Liquid crystal materials characterised by components which are not liquid crystals, e.g. additives with special physical aspect: solvents, solid particles
- C09K19/54—Additives having no specific mesophase characterised by their chemical composition
- C09K19/56—Aligning agents
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02F—OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
- G02F1/00—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
- G02F1/01—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour
- G02F1/13—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
- G02F1/133—Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
- G02F1/1333—Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G02—OPTICS
- G02F—OPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
- G02F1/00—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
- G02F1/01—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour
- G02F1/13—Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
- G02F1/133—Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
- G02F1/1333—Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
- G02F1/1337—Surface-induced orientation of the liquid crystal molecules, e.g. by alignment layers
Landscapes
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Nonlinear Science (AREA)
- Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Mathematical Physics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Optics & Photonics (AREA)
- Liquid Crystal (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Epoxy Resins (AREA)
- Macromonomer-Based Addition Polymer (AREA)
- Silicon Polymers (AREA)
Abstract
Description
201229139 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明關於一種液晶顯示元件的製造方法 示元件和液晶配向劑。更詳細的,關於一種用 角廣、反應速度快的液晶顯示元件的新方法、 法製造的液晶顯示元件和適合用於該方法的液 0 【先前技術】 液晶顯示元件中’作為垂直配向模式而習d 多域垂直配向)型面板藉由在液晶面板中形成突 此限製液晶分子的倒轉方向,謀求視角的擴大 藉由該方式,不可避免由突起物導致的透過率 的不足’進而會有液晶分子反應速度慢的問題 近年來,為了解決上述MVA型面板的問題 PSA(高分子持續配向)模式^ PSa模式是這樣的 具備圖案狀導電膜的基板和具備沒有圖案的導 板構成的一對基板的間隙、或兩塊具備圖案狀 基板構成的一對基板的間隙中夾住含有聚合性 液晶組成物,在導電膜間施加電壓的狀態下照 來使聚合性化合物聚合,由此發現預傾角特性 晶的配向方向。根據該技術,藉由具有特定構 膜能獲得視角的擴大和液晶分子反應的高速化 決M VA型面板所不可避免的透過率和對比度不 。但是,為了使上述聚合性化合物聚合,必要 如100,000J/m2這樣大量的紫外線,除了由此產 、液晶顯 於製造視 根據該方 晶配向劑 b 的 MVA( ί起物,由 。但是, 和對比度 〇 ,提出了 技術:在 電膜的基 導電膜的 化合物的 射紫外線 ,控製液 成的導電 ,還能解 足的問題 要照射例 生液晶分 201229139 子分解這樣的不好狀況,還會由紫外線 未反應化合物殘留在液晶層中,相伴地 對電>1保持特性產生不利影響,或者產 #性的問題。 相對於此’非專利文獻1中公開了一 應性液晶原(mesogen)的聚醯亞胺類液t 液晶配向膜的方法。根據非專利文獻i , 成的液晶配向膜的液晶顯示元件其液晶 快。但是非專利文獻丨中對於如何使用反 應以何種量使用完全沒有記載,或者如 紫外線照射量的話’仍然不免擔憂顯示 壓保持特性。 [先前技術文獻] [非專利文獻] [非專利文獻l]Y.-j.Lee等,SID 〇9 頁(2009) 【發明内容】 本發明是鑒於上述問題提出的,其 種視角廣、液晶分子的反應速度快、顯 靠性優良的液晶顯示元件的製造方法。 用於解決上述問題的發明是: 一種液晶顯示元件的製造方法,其 (1)使用液晶配向劑(下面,稱為“液t 具有導電膜的一對基板的該導電膜上形 該液晶配向劑含有聚合物成分(下面,稱 照射後未聚合的 產生顯示不均, 生面板的長期可 種使用由含有反 3曰曰配向劑形成的 具有由該方法形 分子的反應速度 應性液晶原以及 果仍需要較大的 特性、特別是電 DIGEST,第 666 目的在於提供一 示特性和長期可 具有下述步驟: ?曰配向劑(A),’)在 成塗膜的步驟, 為“ [A ]聚合物成 201229139 分”),該聚合物成分在相同或不同的聚合物中具有含聚 合性碳-碳雙鍵的基和下述式(A1)表示的基。 (2)將形成了上述塗膜的一對基板以所述—對塗膜 相對且爽設液晶層的方式來配置,形成液晶單元的步驟 ,以及 (3)在對上述一對基板的導雷膜夕 J等电犋之間施加電壓的狀 態下對上述液晶單元進行光照射的步驟。 R3—[r2^-R1- (a 1) 式(A1)中’ R1為亞甲基 伸苯基或伸環己基。這些基 可以被取代。R2為包括雙鍵 子中的任一的連接基。R3為 。8為0或1。 、碳原子數2〜30的伸烷基、 具有的氫原子的部分或全部 、二鍵、醚鍵、酯鍵和氧原 具有至少兩個單環結構的基 根據本發明的液晶顯示元件的製造方法,即在步 驟十使用包含具有上述特定結構的[A]聚合物成分的液 晶配向劑形成塗膜’同時在(3)步驟中,纟一對基板的導 電膜間施加電壓的狀態下對液晶單元照射光,能製造視 角廣、液晶分子的反應速度快、顯示特性和長期可靠性 優良的液晶顯示元件。 [Α].聚合物成分較佳.係含有[A_丨]含聚合性碳-碳雙鍵 的基和具有上述式(A1)表示的基的聚合物(下面,稱為 “[A-1]聚合物”)。 根據該液晶顯示元件的製造方法,[A]聚合物成分含 有[A-1 ]聚合物的話,能提高獲得的液晶顯示元件的視角 201229139 、液晶分子的反應速度、顯示特性和長期可靠性。 [A]聚合物成分較佳係含有[A-2]具有含聚合性碳-碳 雙鍵的基的聚合物(下面’稱為“[A-2]聚合物,,)和[八_3]具 有上述式(A1)表示基的聚合物(下面,稱為“[A3]聚合物 ,,)。 根據該液晶顯示元件的製造方法’ [A ]聚合物成分含 有[A-2]聚合物和[A-3]聚合物,能更簡便地製造液晶顯示 元件。 上述式(A1)中的R3較佳係下述式(A2)表示的基, «Μ 书 R5VR4f (A2) 式(A2)令,R4為伸笨基、伸聯苯基、伸萘基、伸環 己基、亞二環己基、伸環己基伸苯基或二價的雜環基。 思些基具有的氫原子的部分或全部可以被取代。R5為包 s可以有取代基的亞甲基和碳原子數2〜丨〇的伸烷基、雙 鍵、二鍵、醚鍵、酯鍵和雜環基中的至少任意一個連接 f ° R6為從笨、聯笨、萘、環己烧、二環己烧、環己基 本或雜環化合物去除(c+1)個氫原子的(c+1)價基。該基具 有的氫原子的部分或全部可以被取代。&7為氫原子、氛 基、氟原子、三氟甲基、烷氧基羰基、烷基或烷氧基。b 為0或1。c為1〜9的整數。4 i或2。r4、r5、&7和b各自 為多個時’多個R、R5'R、b彼此可以相同或不同。 根據該液晶顯示元件的製造方法,液晶配向劑(A) 的[A]聚合物成分中R3具有上述特定結構,能進一步提高 所件的液晶顯不元件的視角、液晶分子的反應速度、顯 201229139 示特性和長期可靠性。 [A]聚合物成分較佳係具有聚有機矽氧烷結構。根據 液晶顯示元件的製造方法,液晶配向劑(A)具有聚有機矽 氧烷結構,能提高獲得的液晶顯示元件的耐光性。 [A]聚合物成分較佳係還含有由聚醯胺酸和聚醯亞 胺構成的群組中選出的至少一種聚合物。 根據該液晶顯示元件的製造方法,作為[A]聚合物成 分還含有上述特定的聚合物,能提高所得的液晶配向劑 (A)的溶液特性,另外還能改善所得的液晶顯示元件的電 特性。 本發明還包括藉由該液晶顯示元件的製造方法製造 的液晶顯示元件。 本發明的液晶配向劑含有[A]聚合物成分,其在相同 或不同的聚合物中具有含聚合性碳-碳雙鍵的基和下述 式(A1)表示的基, RHR2^R1— (A1) 式(A1)中,R1為亞甲基、碳原子數2〜30的伸烷基、 伸苯基或伸環己基。這些基具有的氫原子的部分或全部 可以被取代。R2為含有雙鍵、三鍵、鍵、S旨鍵和氧原 子中任一的連接基。R3為具有至少兩個單環結構的基。a 為0或1。 該液晶配向劑因為含有具有上述特定結構的聚合物 成分,能適合地用於上述液晶顯示元件的製造方法中。 藉由本發明製造方法製造的液晶顯示元件具有視角 201229139 顯示充分的透過率和對 下,長時間連續工作也不 廣、液晶分子的反應速度快、 度’在顯示效果特別好的情況 會損害顯示特性。 另外’根據本發明的製造方法,闵 旦丨、_ 无因為照射所需的光 里乂'’有助於削減液晶顯示元件的製锋成本 因此,根據本發明製造方法製造的液晶顯示元件在 性能和成本兩個方面都優於目前的液晶顯示元件,能適 合地用於包括二維顯示和三維顯示的液晶電視在内的各 種用途中。 【實施方式】 <液晶顯示元件的製造方法> 本發明的液晶顯示元件的製造方法具有下述步驟: (1) 使用液晶配向劑在具有導電膜的一對基板的該 導電臈上形成塗膜的步驟,該液晶配向劑含有[A]聚合物 成分’該聚合物成分在相同或不同的聚合物中具有含聚 合性碳-碳雙鍵的基和下述式(A1)表示的基; (2) 將形成了上述塗膜的一對基板隔著液晶層的方 式來配置使得其一對塗膜相對,形成液晶單元的步驟, 以及 (3)在對上述一對基板的導電膜之間施加電壓的狀 態下對上述液晶單元進行光照射的步驟。 接著,藉由在上述獲得的照射光之後的液晶單元的 兩面上配置偏光板,能夠製造液晶顯示元件。下面,說 明各步驟。 [(1)步驟] 201229139 本步驟中是使用含有[A]聚合物成分的液晶配向劑 (A) ’在具有導電膜的一對基板的該導電膜上形成塗骐。 該液晶配向劑(A)如後述。 製造TN型、STN型或VA型液晶顯示元件時,使兩塊 設置了經圖案化的透明導電膜的基板成為一對,在它們 的各透明導電膜形成面上,較佳係藉由平版印刷法、旋 塗法或喷墨印刷法分別塗布液晶配向劑(A),接著,藉由 加熱各塗布面形成塗膜。這裏,訧基板而言,例如能使 用浮法玻璃、鈉玻璃等玻璃;聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚 對苯一甲酸丁二酯、聚醚砜、聚碳酸酯、聚(脂環式烯烴 )等塑膠構成的透明基板。就在基板的一面上設置的透明 導電膜而吕,能使用氧化錫(Sn〇d構成的nesa膜(美國 PPG公司的註冊商標)、氧化銦-氧化錫(In2〇3_Sn〇2)構成 的ITO膜等,獲得經圖案化的透明導電膜例如能使用形成 未圖案化的透明導電膜後藉由光蝕刻形成圖案的方法、 形成透明導電膜時使用具有期望圖案的光罩的方法等。 塗布液晶配向劑(A)時,為了使基板表面和透明導電膜、 塗膜間的黏接性更好’也可以在基板表面要形成塗膜的 貫包預先塗布g能性矽烷化合物、官能性鈦化合物等 的刚處理。 塗布液晶配向劑(A)後,為了防止塗布的液晶配向劑 二商液等目#,車父佳係貫施預加熱(預烘)。預供的溫 圭為3〇C〜2〇〇t,更佳為Μ〜15Qt,特佳為 〇〇 C。預加熱的時間較佳為〇·25分鐘〜1〇分鐘,更 佳為〇·5分鐘〜5分鐘。然後,為了完全除去溶劑,進而在 -10- 201229139 後述的聚有機矽氧烷化合物(A)的製造中採用製造方法1 時除去殘留的二羧酸,較佳係實施燒成(後烘)步驟。該 燒成(後烘)的溫度較佳為80°C〜300°C ,更佳為 1 20°C〜2 5 0°C。後烘焙的時間較佳為5分鐘〜200分鐘,更 佳為10分鐘〜100分鐘。這樣形成的膜的膜厚較佳為 Ο.ΟΟΙμιη 〜Ιμιη,更佳為 0.0 0 5 μηι〜0.5 μιη。 另一方面,製造IPS型液晶顯示元件時,在設置了經 形成梳齒狀圖案的透明導電膜的基板的導電膜形成面和 未設置導電膜的相對的基板的一面上分別塗布液晶配向 劑(A),接著藉由加熱各塗布面來形成塗膜。這時使用的 基板和透明導電膜的材質、透明導電膜的圖案化方法、 基板的前處理、液晶配向劑(A)的塗布方法和塗布後的加 熱方法以及形成的塗膜的較佳膜厚和製造上述ΤΝ型、 STN型或VA型液晶顯示元件時相同。 形成後的塗膜可以亩垃也λ / 乂 1接供給於(2)步驟中,也可以實 施任意的的摩擦處理。 摩擦處理可以藉由如對 用捲繞了尼龍、人造絲、棉 定方向進行摩擦。由此,形 向能的液晶配向膜。 上述般形成的塗膜面,例如 花等纖維製得之布的輥以一 成對塗膜賦予了液晶分子配 進而’對於如上述 特開平6-222366號公報;液晶配向膜,例如如曰本 示,藉由對液晶配向膜二本特開平6·28 1937號公報所 配向膜部分區域的預分照射紫外線來改變液晶 S 1 D7S44咕八頁角的處理、如曰本特開平 5-107544唬公報所示 万丨樣’在液晶配向膜表面的一部 -11 - 201229139 分上形成 處理,然 膜具有隨 晶顯示元 [(2)步驟] 本步 對塗膜相 〇 準備 在相對配 裏,對塗 對配置, 或逆平行 就製 種方法。 第一 膜隔著間 合兩塊基 位間隙内 第二 。在形成 位置上塗 配向膜面 塊基板, 來製造液 光阻膜後進行與之前摩擦處理方向不同的摩擦 後再進行除去光阻膜的處理’從而使液晶配向 區域不同而不同的液晶配向能,改善獲得的浪 件的視野特性等。 驟中,將形成了上述塗膜的一對基板以所述〆 對且夾設液晶層的方式來配置,形成液晶單元 兩塊如上述般形成了液晶配向膜的基板,藉由 置的兩塊基板間配置液晶,製造液晶單元。這 膜進行摩擦處理時’兩塊基板以這樣的方式相 各塗膜的摩擦方向相互成一定角度,例如垂直 0 造液晶單元的方法而言,例如能列舉有以下兩 種方法是目前習知的方法。首先將各液晶配向 隙(單元間隙)相對放置兩塊基板,用密封劑貼 板的周邊部;藉由基板表面和密封劑劃分的翠 注入液晶後’封閉注入孔,製造液晶單元。 種方法是稱為0DF(0ne Drop Fill)方式的方法 了液晶配向膜的兩塊基板中的一塊基板的一定 布例如紫外光硬化性的密封材料,進而在液晶 上滴下液晶後,以液晶配向膜相對著貼合另— 接著對基板整個表面照射紫外光,硬化密封劑 晶單元。 -12- 201229139 广?密封劑而言’例如能使用含有硬化劑 間隔物的氣化紹球的環氧樹脂等。 就上述液晶而言’較佳係具有負的介電各向显性的 向列型液晶’例如能使用二氰基苯類液晶、嗒啩類夜曰 、席夫氏驗類液晶、氡化偶氮類液晶、聯笨類液晶’、; 基環己烷類液晶等。液晶層的厚度較佳為汴爪〜5_。 根據任何一種方法如i述製造的&晶單元在進一步 加熱到使所用液晶成為各向同性相的溫度後,慢慢冷卻 到室溫,可期望除去液晶充填時的流動配向。 [(3)步驟] 本步驟_在對上述一對基板的導電膜間施加電壓的 狀態下’對上述液晶單元照射光。 就照射的光而言’例如能使用包含15〇nm〜8〇〇nm的 波長的光的紫外線和可見光線,較佳係包含 3〇〇nm〜4〇0nm波長的光的紫外線。就照射光的光源而言 ,例如能使用低壓水銀燈、高壓水銀燈、氘燈、金屬鹵 化物燈、氬氣共振燈、氙燈、準分子雷射等。上述較佳 的波長區域的紫外線可以將上述光源與例如濾光器、光 拇等結合方式來獲得。就光的照射量而言,較佳為 l,000J/m2以上、未達 i〇〇,〇〇〇J/m2,更佳為 i,〇〇〇J/m2〜 50,000J/m2。目前習知的PSA模式的液晶顯示元件的製造 中’必須照射1 00,000J/m2水平的光,但是在本發明的方 法中’即使光照射量在50,000J/m2以下,進而在 10,000J/m2以下時,也能得到期望的液晶顯示元件,除了 有助於削減液晶顯示元件的製造成本,還能避免強光照 -13- 201229139 射引起的電特性降低、長期可靠性的降低。 接著,藉由實施上述處理後的液晶單元的外側表面 貼合偏光板,能獲得液晶顯示元件。就該偏光板而言, 能列舉有稱為邊拉伸配向聚乙烯醇、邊吸收碘的“H膜” 的偏振光膜用乙酸纖維素保護膜夾住的偏光板或由Η膜 本身構成的偏光板。 〈液晶配向劑> 本發明方法中使用的液晶配向劑(Α)含有[Α]聚合物 成分,該聚合物成分在相同或不同的聚合物中具有含聚 合性碳-碳雙鍵的基和上述式(A 1 )表示的基。此外,該液 晶配向劑(A)作為[A]聚合物成分,可以包含由聚醯胺酸 和聚醯亞胺構成的群組中選出的至少一種聚合物(下面 ,稱為“聚合物(B)”)等後述的“其他聚合物”。進而,在無 損本發明效果的範圍内也可以含有其他成分。下面,對 各成分作詳細說明。 <[A]聚合物成分> [A]聚合物成分在相同或不同的聚合物中具有含聚 合性碳-碳雙鍵的基和上述式(A 1 )表示的基。 [含聚合性碳-碳雙鍵的基] 就含聚合性碳-碳雙鍵的基而言,例如能列舉有下述 式(A)表示的基等, CH2=C—(COO)—(Χ^-ΙίΟ)—X11)^— (A) 上述式(A)中,RA為氫原子或曱基。 -14- 201229139 X1和x11各自獨立地為1,4-伸苯基、亞曱基、1,2-亞乙 基、1,2-伸丙基或ι,3-伸丙基。 A、B、C和D各自獨立地為〇或1。 其中’ C為0且D為1時,X11為1,4-伸苯基。 此外,B為0時,D為0。 就上述式(A)表示的基的具體例子而言,例如能列舉 有乙烯基、烯丙基、對苯乙烯基、(甲基)丙烯醯氧基曱 基、2-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基)乙基、3 ·((曱基)丙烯醯氧基) 丙基、4-((曱基)丙烯醯氧基)丁基、5_((甲基)丙烯醯氧基 )戊基、6-((曱基)丙烯醯氧基)己基、7_((曱基)丙烯醯氧 基)庚基、8-((曱基)丙烯醯氧基)辛基、9_((甲基)丙烯醯 氧基)壬基、10-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基)癸基、4_(2_((曱基) 丙烯醯氧基)乙基)苯基' 2_((4_(曱基)丙烯醯氧基)苯基) 乙基、4-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基甲基)苯基、4_(甲基)丙烯醯 氧基苯基曱基、4-(3-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基)丙基)苯基、 3- (4-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基苯基)丙基、4_((曱基)丙烯醯氧基 甲氧基)苯基、4_(2-((曱基)丙烯醯氧基)乙氧基)苯基、 4- (3-(^甲基)丙烯酿氧基)丙氧基)苯基、(曱基)丙^氧 基甲氧基甲基、2-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基甲氧基)乙基、 2-(2-((甲基)丙烯醯氧基)乙氧基)乙基、2_(2(2^(/基) 丙烯醯乳基)乙氧基)乙氧基)乙基、3·(3_((甲基)丙稀酿土氧 基)丙氧基)丙基、丙烯醯氧基甲基等。它們中較佳係乙 婦基、烯丙基、對苯乙烯基、(甲基)丙稀醯氧基甲基、 2-(( f基)丙㈣氧基)乙基和3·((甲基)丙㈣氧基^基 -15- 201229139 就上述含聚合性碳-碳雙鍵的基而言,較佳為上述气 (A)表示的基,更佳為選自上述列舉的具體基中的—種以 上基。 [上述式(A1)表示的基] 上述式(A1)的R1為亞甲基、碳原子數2〜3〇的伸燒^ 、伸苯基或伸環己基。這些基具有的氫原子的部分或全 部可以被取代。 作為上述R1表示的碳原子數2〜30的伸烷基,能列兴 有伸乙基、伸丙基、伸丁基、伸戊基、伸己基伸辛某 、伸壬基、伸癸基、伸十一烷基、伸十二烷基、伸十四 烷基、伸十六烷基、伸十八烷基、伸十九烷基、伸二十 烷基、伸二十一烷基、伸二十二烷基、伸二十三烷基、 伸二十四烷基、伸二十五烷基、伸二十六烷基、十 七烷基、伸二十八烷基、伸二十九烷基、伸三十烷基等 。它們中’為了穩定地顯現液晶配向 伸己基、伸辛基、伸壬基、伸癸基、 二烧基、伸十四烷基、伸十六烷基、 九烷基、伸二十烷基等碳原子數為5以 基。 ’較佳係伸戊基、 伸十一烧基、伸十 伸十八烧基、伸十 上、2 0以下的伸烧 R2為包含雙鍵、三鍵、醚鍵、酯鍵和氧原子中的 一的連接基。就R2而言,例如能列舉有乙烯二基、乙 一基、@曰基、甲烷二基氧基、氟甲烷二基 、- 烧二基氧基等。另夕卜,以可以含有上述^任;^ ,也可以組合含有各鍵。此外,R1為伸苯基或伸環己 時’由形成的配向膜的配向性和對溶劑的溶解性觀點 -16- 201229139 看’車父佳係R2含右6田 曱基或碳原子數2〜30的伸炫基。另 外,a為0或1。 R3為具有$,丨、 兩個單環結構的基,較佳為顯示正或 負的介電各向里性沾甘 - 的基。單環結構是指一個環結構獨立 於其他環結構而在太 存在’不具有一個環結構與其他環結構 共用鍵'即所1τ β w ° 、不具縮合環結構的結構。另外,就單 雜環 環結構而言,可以县 月日每式結構、芳香環式結構 式結構的任何一錄,上 3 種也可以具有它們的組合。 沒有 R只要是具有至小上/ β 夕兩個以上的單環結構的基 特別限製,但是R3較 (r7)tr6-{ 疋杈佳為下述式(A2)表示的基。 R5rR4· (A2) π述式(A2)中’ R4為伸苯基、伸聯苯基、伸萘基、 伸农己土# 一娘己基、伸環己基伸苯基或二價的雜環 基。這些基具有的氫原子的部分或全部可以被取代。r5 為包3可以有取代基的亞甲基和碳原子數2〜1〇的伸烷基 、雙鍵、三鍵、醚鍵、酯鍵以及雜環基中至少任意-種 的連接基。R6為從苯、聯苯、萘、環己烧、二環己貌、 環己基笨或雜環化合物去除(c + 1)個氫原子的(c+”價基 。該基,有的氫原子的部分或全部可以被取代。r7為氫 原子、氰基、氟原子、三氟甲基、烷氧基羰基、烷基、 烷氧基、二氟甲氧基或烷基羰基氧基。1?為〇或丨。c為!〜9 的整數。d為1或2。R4、、尺7和b各自為多個時,多個 R4、R5、R7和b彼此可以相同或不同。 藉由引入上述式(A2)表示的結構,能使獲得的液晶 201229139 顯示元件的電光學反應性進一步高速化。式(A2)中 為伸苯基、伸聯苯基、萘基、伸環己基、伸二環己 伸環己基伸苯基或二價的雜環基。就二價的雜環基 ,例如能列舉有伸吡啶基、伸嗒啩基、伸嘧啶基等 上述式(A2)中,R5是包括可以有取代基的亞甲 碳原子數2〜10的伸烧基、雙鍵、三鍵、醚鍵、酿鍵 雜環基中至少任意一種的連接…和R6的連接基,可 [A]聚合物成分中根據需要的配向性和介電各向異 適宜選擇。就R5而言,能列舉有甲烷二基、乙烷二 丙烷二基、乙烯二基、乙炔二基、醚基、g旨基、甲 基氧基、乙烷二基氧基、氟甲烷二基氧基、二氟甲 基氧基等。它們中,較佳係乙烷二基、乙炔二基、 、甲烷二基氧基、二氟甲烷二基氧基。另外匕為 ,在側鏈結構的設計中可以含有R5也可以不含。 ^上述式(A2)中,R0為從苯、聯苯、萘、環己烷 衣己烷、環己基苯或雜環化合物中去除(c+丨)個氫原 (c+l)價基。c為1〜9的整數。就尺6而言,例如_ 1時 列舉有和上述R4列舉的二價基相同的基等。 上述式(A2)中,R7為氫原子、氰基、氟原子 :基、烷氧基羰基、烷基、&氧基、三氟甲氧基 羰基氧基。就烷氧基羰基而言,例如能列舉有甲 基、乙氧基羰基、@氧基羰基等,就烷基而言, 牛有甲基、乙基、丙基、正丁基、異丁基等碳 為1 2〇的直鍵或支鏈狀的烷基等,就烷氧基而言 此列舉有甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基等。 ,R4 基、 而言 〇 基和 以及 以在 性而 基、 烷二 烧二 酯基 0或1 子的 ,能 三氟 院基 基羰 如能 子數 例如 -18- 201229139 上述式(A2)中R6具有多個取代基(R7)時,可以組合 不同的取代基來使用。就R具有多個取代基時的組合而 言’為了穩定地顯現期望的介電各向異性,較佳係乳原 子和氰基的組合、氣原子和烧基的組合、氰基和烧基的 組合。另外,c為1〜9的整數。 <聚合物[A-l]、[A-2]、[A-3]> 就[A]聚合物成分而言’較佳係含有[A_丨]具有含聚 合性碳-碳雙鍵的基和上述式(A1)表示的基的聚合物。 此外’就[A ] 1合物成分而言,亦較佳係含有[a _ 2 ] 具有含聚合性碳-碳雙鍵的基的聚合物和[A_3]具有上述 式(A1)表示的基的聚合物。 這些聚合物如具有上述特定基,可以適宜選擇習知 的聚合物主鏈’以聚有機矽氧烷、聚醯亞胺、聚醯胺酸 、聚丙烯酸酯、聚曱基丙烯酸酯、聚(苯乙烯-苯基馬來 醯亞胺)衍生物、纖維素衍生物、聚酯、聚醯胺、聚苯乙 烯衍生物、聚醯胺酸酯作主鏈結構從電特性方面考慮是 較佳的,從耐光性考慮較佳係聚有機矽氧烷(下面,可稱 為聚有機碎氧烧化合物(A)’’)。 聚有機矽氧烷化合物藉由凝膠滲透色譜法(GPC) 測定之聚苯乙烯換算的重量平均分子量較佳為 500〜丨,000,000 ’更佳為1,000〜100,000,進一步更佳為 1,000〜50,〇〇〇。 这樣的聚有機矽氧烷化合物(A)在具有上述特徵的 範圍内’藉由何種方法製備都可以。 聚有機石夕氧烷化合物(A)例如可以藉由使具有含聚 -19- 201229139 合性碳-碳雙鍵基和烷氧基的矽烷化合物(下面,可稱為“ 石夕院化合物(al),,)、或矽烷化合物(al)和其他烷氧基矽烷 化合物(下面,可稱為“矽烷化合物(a2)”)的混合物在二缓 酸和醇的存在下反應的方法(製造方法1)、或水解•縮合 的方法(製造方法2)來製造。 上述製造方法1或2中,藉由在石夕院化合物(a 1)以外 使用碎烷化合物(a2),且作為矽烷化合物(a2)的一部分使 用具有上述式(A1)表示的基和烷氧基的矽烷化合物(下 面’可稱為“矽烷化合物(a2-1)”),能獲得在含聚合性碳_ 石反雙鍵的基以外還具有上述式(A 1)表示結構的基的聚有 機矽氧烷化合物(A)。 進而,聚有機矽氧烷化合物(A)還可以如下來製造: 在上述製造方法1或2中’在石夕烧化合物(ai)外使用石夕燒 化合物(a2),並且作為矽烷化合物(a2)的至少一部分使用 具有環氧基和烷氧基的矽烷化合物(下面,可稱為“石夕烧 化合物(a2-2)”),首先合成具有含聚合性碳,碳雙鍵的基 和環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷(下面,可稱為“聚有機石夕氧烷 前釦(A )”),接著將其與包含具有上述式(Ai)表示的基和 羧基的化合物(下面,可稱為“特定羧酸2”)的羧酸反應的 方法(製造方法3),或在製造方法1或2中,作為原料石夕炫 化合物使用含有矽烷化合物(a2-l)的矽烷化合物(a2),首 先合成具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷(下面,可稱為“聚有 機矽氧烷(A)前質”),接著將其與特定羧酸2和/或包含含 聚合性碳-碳雙鍵的基和羧基的化合物(下面,可稱為“特 定羧酸1 ”)的羧酸反應的方法(製造方法4)。 -20- ,201229139 對於上述任何一種情況,作為矽烷化合物(a2)也可 以將矽烷化合物(a2-l)和矽烷化合物(a2-2)以外的矽烷 化合物(a2)(下面’可稱為“矽烷化合物(a2_3),,)結合使用 〇 作為上述矽烧化合物(al) ’例如能列舉有下述式 (a-Ι)表示的化合物等。 • Ra CH2==C 一(Co°)a—(X1)^0)'XJI)^;~Si(ORB)4.E (a-1) 上述式(a-1)中,ra、Xi、Xi丨、a、B、C和D和上述 式(A)定義相同。rb為碳原子數卜12的烷基或碳原子數 6〜12的芳基。e為1〜3的整數β 上述式(a-1)中,就re表示的碳原子數丨〜12的烧基而 言’較佳係碳原子數的烷基,其具體例子例如能列舉 有曱基、乙基、正丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基 等較佳為甲基、乙基或正丙基,特佳為乙基。就Ri表 示的碳原子數6〜1 2的芳基而言,例如能列舉有苯臬、 甲基笨基等。 & 上述式(al)中的E較佳為1或2,特佳為i。 就矽烷化合物(al)的具體例子而言,例如能列舉有 乙烯基三甲氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷乙烯基三 丙氧基矽烷、乙烯基三異丙氧基矽烷、乙烯基三正丁氧 基石夕燒、乙烯基三異丁氧基梦烧、乙稀基三第三丁 石夕烧、烯丙基三甲氧基錢、烯丙基三乙氧基石夕燒、二 丙基二丙氧基矽烷、烯丙基三異丙氧基矽烷、烯兩基三 -21 - 201229139 正丁氧基矽炫、烯丙基三显 丁窗其切π料〜 丁乳基矽烷、烯丙基三第三 丁乳基夕烧、對本乙稀基三尹氧基石夕貌、對苯乙烯基三 乙氧基矽烷、對苯乙烯基三 a ^ Α ^ ^ ^ 内軋基矽烷、對苯乙烯基三 Λ - S -Γ tr Α ^ ^ 土 —正丁氧基矽烷、對苯乙烯 基二異丁氧基矽烷、對苯乙 田A、工必减歸土 —第二丁氧基矽烷、( 甲基)丙稀醯氧基甲基三曱氣„ φ . . ^ A 烷、(甲基)丙烯醯氧基 甲基二乙氧基石夕燒、(甲其、 (r基)丙烯醯氧基甲基三正丙氧基 矽烷、(甲基)丙烯醯氧基甲基二 | 一具丙氧基矽烷、(甲基) 丙烯醯氧基曱基三正丁氣 乳基夕虎、(子基)丙烯醯氧基曱 基丙基三第二丁氧基矽烷、2_(甲基)丙烯醯氧基乙基三甲 氧基石夕烧、2-(曱基)丙稀酿氧基乙基三乙氧基石夕烧、2_( 甲基)丙稀酿氧基乙基三正丙氧基錢、2_(甲基)丙稀醯 氧基乙基三異丙氧基矽烷、2-(甲基)丙稀醯氧基乙基三正 丁氧基石夕烧、2-(甲基)丙稀驢氧基乙基丙基三第二丁氧基 矽烷、3-(曱基)丙烯醯氧基丙基三曱氧基矽烷、3_(曱基) 丙烯醯氧基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、3_(曱基)丙烯醯氧基丙基 三正丙氧基矽烷、3-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基三異丙氧基矽 烷、3-(曱基)丙烯醯氧基丙基三正丁氧基矽烷、3_(甲基) 丙烯醯氧基丙基三第二丁氧基矽烷、4_(曱基)丙烯醯氧基 丁基二甲氧基矽烷、4-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丁基三乙氧基矽 院、4-(甲基)丙稀醯氧基丁基三正丙氧基石夕烧、4_(曱基) 丙稀酿氧基丁基三異丙氧基矽烷、4_(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丁 基二正丁氧基矽烷、4-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基丁基丙基三第二 丁氧基矽烷、5-(曱基)丙烯醯氧基戊基三曱氧基矽烷、5_( 曱基)丙烯醯氧基戊基三乙氧基矽烷、5·(曱基)丙烯醯氧 -22- 201229139 =基三正丙氧基錢、5_(f基)丙烯 氧基矽烷、5_(甲开内 土 烯醯氧基戊基三正丁氧基矽烷、5_( ::)丙埽酿氧基戊基丙基三第二丁氧基石夕 :稀酿氧基己基三甲氧基石夕烧、Η甲基)丙稀酿氧基己基) 氧基石夕烧、6-(曱基)丙稀醯氧基己基三正丙氧基石夕烷 埽醯(氧甲基基Γ:Λ氧, 丙美_ 土 土一 丁氧基矽烷、6-(曱基)丙烯醯氧基己基 等:二第一丁氧基矽烷、丙烯醯氧基甲基三甲氧基矽烷 :—們中可以選擇一種以上來使用。更佳為由乙烯基 ^曱氧基矽烷、乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、烯丙基三曱氧基 、’元#烯丙基二乙氧基矽烷、對苯乙烯基三曱氧基矽烷 對本乙烯基三乙氧基矽烷、(曱基)丙烯醯氧基甲基三 3氧基矽烷、2-(曱基)丙烯醯氧基乙基三曱氧基矽烷和 (甲基)丙烯醯氧基丙基三曱氧基矽烷構成的群組 出的—種以上。 上述梦院化合物(a2-l)為具有上述式(Α1)表示的基 孝口 氣 甘 -虱基的矽烷化合物,進而也可以結合下述式(a2_ia) 表示的矽烷化合物來使用。 (RC)f(RD)gSi(ORE)4_f.g (a2-la) 上述式(a2-la)中’ Rc為碳原子數4〜3〇的烷基、碳原 子數1〜30的氟化烷基、或具有類固醇骨架的碳原子數 / 51的煙基、具有碳原子數2〜24的烷氧基的烷氧基苯基 或具有二環己烷骨架的碳原子數12~3 0的烴基。 RD為碳原子數1〜3的烷基。 RE為碳原子數1〜12的烷基或碳原子數6〜12的芳基。 -23- 201229139 f為1〜3的整數。g為〇~2的整數。其中f+g^3 ° 對於上述式(a2-1 a)中的RC ’與聚有機矽氧烧化合物 (A)能任意具有的上述式(a 1)表示的基中所述的基一樣 。就Rd而言較佳為甲基。對於Re ’和上述式(a_i)中的rB 一樣。f較佳為1,g較佳為〇或1。 就上述式(a2-la)表示的石夕烧化合物而言’能列舉有 如下: 就具有碳原子數4〜3 0的烷基的矽烷化合物而言,例 如能列舉有正丁基三曱氧基矽烷、正丁基三乙氧基矽烷 、正丁基三正丙氧基石夕烧、正丁基三異丙氧基石夕烧 '正 丁基三正丁氧基矽烷、正丁基三第二丁氧基矽烷、正丁 基三正戊氧基矽烷、正丁基三第二丁氧基矽烷、正丁基 三苯氧基矽烷、正戊基三曱氧基矽烷、正戊基三乙氡基 石夕烧、正戊基三苯氧基矽烷、己基三曱氧基矽烷、己基 二乙氧基石夕烷、庚基三曱氧基矽烷、庚基三乙氧基矽烷 、正辛基三曱氧基矽烷、正癸基三曱氧基矽烷、正十二 烧基三甲氧基矽烷、正十八烷基三甲氧基矽烷等。 另外’就具有碳原子數丨〜3 〇的氟化烷基的矽烷化合 物而言’例如能列舉有3,3,3_三氟丙基三曱氧基矽烷、 3,3,3-三氟丙基三乙氧基矽烷、2_(三氟甲基)乙基三甲氧 基石夕院2-(全氟正丙基)乙基三曱氧基矽院、2_(全氟正201229139 SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION [Technical Field] The present invention relates to a method of producing a liquid crystal display element, and a liquid crystal alignment agent. More specifically, a new method for manufacturing a liquid crystal display element having a wide angle and a fast reaction speed, a liquid crystal display element manufactured by the method, and a liquid 0 suitable for the method [Prior Art] In the liquid crystal display element, 'as a vertical alignment mode The multi-domain vertical alignment type panel is formed by restricting the reversal direction of the liquid crystal molecules in the liquid crystal panel, thereby expanding the viewing angle. In this way, the transmittance of the protrusions is inevitably caused. In the recent years, in order to solve the problem of the MVA type panel, the PSA (Polymer Continuous Alignment) mode is a substrate having a patterned conductive film and a pair of substrates including a guide having no pattern. The pre-tilt angle characteristic is found by sandwiching a polymerizable liquid crystal composition with a gap or a gap between a pair of substrates having a patterned substrate, and applying a voltage between the conductive films to polymerize the polymerizable compound. The orientation direction of the crystal. According to this technique, the transmittance and contrast which are inevitable in the M VA type panel by the expansion of the viewing angle and the high-speed reaction of the liquid crystal molecules by the specific constitution are not obtained. However, in order to polymerize the above polymerizable compound, a large amount of ultraviolet rays such as 100,000 J/m2 is required, and in addition to the production, the liquid crystal is apparent in the production of MVA according to the crystal orientation agent b. Contrast 〇, proposed technology: the ultraviolet ray of the compound in the base film of the electric film, the control of the liquid into the conductive, but also the problem of the solution to the problem of the sub-decomposition of the liquid crystal sub-201229139 sub-decomposition, will also be The ultraviolet unreacted compound remains in the liquid crystal layer, which adversely affects the retention characteristics of the electric >1, or the problem of the property. In contrast, the non-patent document 1 discloses a mesogen. A method of polymerizing a polyimine liquid t liquid crystal alignment film. According to Non-Patent Document i, a liquid crystal display element of a liquid crystal alignment film has a liquid crystal fast. However, in the non-patent literature, there is no record on how to use the reaction. Or, as in the case of the amount of ultraviolet irradiation, 'the pressure retention characteristic is still unavoidable. [Prior Art Document] [Non-Patent Document] [Non-Patent Document 1] Y .-j.Lee et al., SID 〇9 (2009) SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and has a wide viewing angle, a liquid crystal molecule having a high reaction speed, and excellent reliability. The invention for solving the above problems is: a method for producing a liquid crystal display element, wherein (1) a liquid crystal alignment agent is used (hereinafter, a liquid crystal alignment is formed on the conductive film of a pair of substrates having a liquid conductive film) The agent contains a polymer component (hereinafter, it is said that the unpolymerized after irradiation shows unevenness in production, and the long-term use of the green plate can be used for a liquid crystal source having a reaction rate of the molecule formed by the method, and If a large characteristic is still required, especially electric DIGEST, the purpose of the 666th is to provide a characteristic and long-term can have the following steps: ? 曰 alignment agent (A), ') in the step of forming a film, as "[A The polymer is 201229139 minutes"), and the polymer component has a group containing a polymerizable carbon-carbon double bond in the same or different polymer and a group represented by the following formula (A1). (2) The above will be formed. Paint The pair of substrates are disposed in such a manner that the coating film is opposed to the liquid crystal layer, and the liquid crystal cell is formed, and (3) is applied between the pair of substrates, the lightning-guide film, and the like. a step of irradiating the liquid crystal cell with light in a state of a voltage. R3—[r2^-R1-(a 1) In the formula (A1), R1 is a methylene-phenylene group or a cyclohexylene group. These groups may be substituted. R2 is a linking group including any of double bonds. R3 is .8 is 0 or 1. An alkyl group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, a part or all of a hydrogen atom, a di bond, an ether bond a method of producing a liquid crystal display element according to the present invention, wherein the ester bond and the oxygen have at least two monocyclic structures, that is, a coating film is formed in step 10 using a liquid crystal alignment agent containing the polymer component of the above specific structure [A] At the same time, in the step (3), the liquid crystal cell is irradiated with light while applying a voltage between the conductive films of the pair of substrates, and a liquid crystal display having a wide viewing angle, a high reaction speed of liquid crystal molecules, and excellent display characteristics and long-term reliability can be produced. element. [Α]. A polymer component is preferably a group containing a polymerizable carbon-carbon double bond of [A_丨] and a polymer having a group represented by the above formula (A1) (hereinafter, referred to as "[A-1) ]polymer"). According to the method for producing a liquid crystal display device, when the [A] polymer component contains the [A-1] polymer, the viewing angle of the obtained liquid crystal display element can be improved 201229139, the reaction speed of liquid crystal molecules, display characteristics, and long-term reliability. The polymer component [A] preferably contains [A-2] a polymer having a group having a polymerizable carbon-carbon double bond (hereinafter referred to as "[A-2] polymer,") and [eight_3 A polymer having a group represented by the above formula (A1) (hereinafter referred to as "[A3] polymer,"). According to the method for producing a liquid crystal display device, the [A] polymer component contains the [A-2] polymer and the [A-3] polymer, and the liquid crystal display device can be manufactured more easily. R3 in the above formula (A1) is preferably a group represented by the following formula (A2), «Μ书 R5VR4f (A2) Formula (A2), R4 is a stupid base, a stretched biphenyl group, an anthranyl group, and a stretch Cyclohexyl, dibicyclohexyl, cyclohexylphenyl or divalent heterocyclic. Some or all of the hydrogen atoms possessed by these groups may be substituted. R5 is a methylene group which may have a substituent in the package s, and at least one of a stretched alkyl group, a double bond, a double bond, an ether bond, an ester bond and a heterocyclic group having 2 to 2 carbon atoms, wherein The (c+1) valence group of (c+1) hydrogen atoms is removed from stupid, biphenyl, naphthalene, cyclohexane, bicyclohexyl, cyclohexyl or heterocyclic compounds. Some or all of the hydrogen atoms of the base may be substituted. & 7 is a hydrogen atom, an aryl group, a fluorine atom, a trifluoromethyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkyl group or an alkoxy group. b is 0 or 1. c is an integer from 1 to 9. 4 i or 2. When r4, r5, & 7 and b are each plural, a plurality of R, R5'R, and b may be the same or different from each other. According to the method for producing a liquid crystal display device, R3 of the [A] polymer component of the liquid crystal alignment agent (A) has the above-described specific structure, and the viewing angle of the liquid crystal display element and the reaction speed of the liquid crystal molecules can be further improved, and 201229139 Characteristics and long-term reliability. The [A] polymer component preferably has a polyorganosiloxane structure. According to the method for producing a liquid crystal display device, the liquid crystal alignment agent (A) has a polyorganosiloxane structure, and the light resistance of the obtained liquid crystal display element can be improved. The [A] polymer component preferably further contains at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of polyproline and polyimine. According to the method for producing a liquid crystal display device, the specific polymer is contained as the [A] polymer component, whereby the solution characteristics of the obtained liquid crystal alignment agent (A) can be improved, and the electrical characteristics of the obtained liquid crystal display element can be improved. . The present invention also includes a liquid crystal display element manufactured by the method of manufacturing a liquid crystal display element. The liquid crystal alignment agent of the present invention contains [A] a polymer component having a group containing a polymerizable carbon-carbon double bond in the same or different polymer and a group represented by the following formula (A1), RHR2^R1 - ( A1) In the formula (A1), R1 is a methylene group, an alkylene group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms, a phenyl group or a cyclohexyl group. Some or all of the hydrogen atoms possessed by these groups may be substituted. R2 is a linking group containing a double bond, a triple bond, a bond, a S bond, and an oxygen atom. R3 is a group having at least two single ring structures. a is 0 or 1. The liquid crystal alignment agent can be suitably used in the method for producing a liquid crystal display device because it contains a polymer component having the above specific structure. The liquid crystal display element manufactured by the manufacturing method of the present invention has a viewing angle of 201229139 and exhibits sufficient transmittance and contrast, long-term continuous operation for a long period of time, high reaction speed of liquid crystal molecules, and degree 'in the display effect is particularly good, which may impair display characteristics. . In addition, the manufacturing method according to the present invention, 无 无 无 无 无 因为 照射 ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' The cost is superior to the current liquid crystal display elements in two aspects, and can be suitably used in various applications including a two-dimensional display and a three-dimensional display of a liquid crystal television. [Embodiment] <Manufacturing Method of Liquid Crystal Display Element> The method for producing a liquid crystal display element of the present invention has the following steps: (1) a step of forming a coating film on the conductive crucible of a pair of substrates having a conductive film using a liquid crystal alignment agent, The liquid crystal alignment agent contains [A] polymer component 'the polymer component having a polymerizable carbon-carbon double bond group in the same or different polymer and a group represented by the following formula (A1); a state in which a pair of substrates on which the coating film is formed is disposed such that a pair of coating films face each other to form a liquid crystal cell, and (3) a state in which a voltage is applied between the conductive films of the pair of substrates The step of irradiating the liquid crystal cell with light is performed. Then, a liquid crystal display element can be manufactured by disposing a polarizing plate on both surfaces of the liquid crystal cell after the irradiation light obtained as described above. Next, each step will be explained. [(1) Step] 201229139 In this step, a liquid crystal alignment agent (A) containing a polymer component of [A] is used to form a coating on the conductive film of a pair of substrates having a conductive film. The liquid crystal alignment agent (A) will be described later. When manufacturing a TN type, STN type or VA type liquid crystal display element, two substrates each having a patterned transparent conductive film are provided as a pair, and on each of the transparent conductive film forming surfaces, lithographic printing is preferred. The liquid crystal alignment agent (A) is applied by a method, a spin coating method or an inkjet printing method, respectively, and then a coating film is formed by heating each coated surface. Here, as the ruthenium substrate, for example, glass such as float glass or soda glass; polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, polyether sulfone, polycarbonate, poly (aliphatic) can be used. A transparent substrate made of plastic such as olefin). For the transparent conductive film provided on one side of the substrate, it is possible to use tin oxide (the nesa film made of Sn〇d (registered trademark of PPG, USA) and indium oxide-tin oxide (In2〇3_Sn〇2). For the film or the like, a patterned transparent conductive film can be obtained, for example, a method of forming a pattern by photolithography after forming an unpatterned transparent conductive film, a method of using a photomask having a desired pattern when forming a transparent conductive film, and the like. In the case of the alignment agent (A), in order to make the adhesion between the surface of the substrate and the transparent conductive film and the coating film better, it is also possible to apply a coating film on the surface of the substrate in advance to apply a g-functional decane compound or a functional titanium compound. After the liquid crystal alignment agent (A) is applied, in order to prevent the applied liquid crystal alignment agent, such as dimer solution, etc., the car is pre-heated (pre-baked). The pre-supply Wengui is 3〇C. ~2〇〇t, more preferably Μ15Qt, especially good 〇〇C. The preheating time is preferably 〇·25 minutes~1〇 minutes, more preferably 〇·5 minutes~5 minutes. Then, in order Completely remove the solvent, and then at --10-201229139 In the production of the polyorganosiloxane compound (A), in the production method 1, the residual dicarboxylic acid is removed, and it is preferred to carry out a calcination (post-baking) step. The temperature of the calcination (post-baking) is preferably 80 ° C to 300 ° C, more preferably 1 20 ° C to 250 ° C. The post-baking time is preferably 5 minutes to 200 minutes, more preferably 10 minutes to 100 minutes. The film of the film thus formed The thickness is preferably Ο.ΟΟΙμιη to Ιμιη, more preferably 0.00 5 μηι to 0.5 μιη. On the other hand, when the IPS type liquid crystal display element is manufactured, the conduction of the substrate on which the transparent conductive film forming the comb-tooth pattern is provided is provided. A liquid crystal alignment agent (A) is applied to each of the film formation surface and the opposite substrate on which the conductive film is not provided, and then the coating film is formed by heating each of the coated surfaces. The substrate and the transparent conductive film used at this time are made of a transparent conductive film. Patterning method, pretreatment of substrate, coating method of liquid crystal alignment agent (A), heating method after coating, and preferred film thickness of the formed coating film and when manufacturing the above-mentioned ΤΝ type, STN type or VA type liquid crystal display element The same. The formed film can be The λ / 乂1 is supplied to the step (2), and any rubbing treatment may be performed. The rubbing treatment may be performed by rubbing the nylon, rayon, and cotton in a direction. The coating film surface formed as described above, such as a roll of a cloth made of a fiber such as a flower, is provided with a liquid crystal molecule by a pair of coating films, and is also disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 6-222366; The alignment film is, for example, a process of changing the liquid crystal S 1 D7S44 by eight-page angle by irradiating ultraviolet rays to the partial portion of the alignment film portion of the liquid crystal alignment film, for example, 曰 示 、 、 、 、 、 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶 液晶The invention is shown in the section of the liquid crystal alignment film on the surface of a liquid crystal alignment film, and the film has a crystal display unit [(2) step]. 〇 Prepare the seeding method in the relative arrangement, the pairing configuration, or the anti-parallel method. The first film is interposed between the two base spaces and the second one. Applying the alignment film surface block substrate at the formation position to produce a liquid photoresist film, and then performing a process of removing the photoresist film after rubbing different from the rubbing treatment direction, thereby making the liquid crystal alignment regions different in liquid crystal alignment energy and improving The visual field characteristics of the obtained waveware and the like. In the first step, the pair of substrates on which the coating film is formed are disposed so as to sandwich the liquid crystal layer, and two liquid crystal cells are formed as described above, and the liquid crystal alignment film is formed as described above. A liquid crystal cell is manufactured by disposing a liquid crystal between the substrates. When the film is subjected to rubbing treatment, the two substrates are in such a manner that the rubbing directions of the respective coating films are at an angle to each other. For example, in the method of forming a liquid crystal cell in a vertical direction, for example, the following two methods are conventionally known. method. First, each liquid crystal alignment gap (cell gap) was placed on opposite sides of the substrate, and the peripheral portion of the sealant was attached; the liquid crystal cell was fabricated by encapsulating the liquid crystal cell after the liquid crystal was injected into the liquid crystal by the substrate surface and the sealant. The method is a method called 0DF (0ne Drop Fill). A certain cloth of one of the two substrates of the liquid crystal alignment film, for example, an ultraviolet curable sealing material, and then liquid crystal is dropped on the liquid crystal, and then the liquid crystal alignment film is used. The other surface of the substrate is then irradiated with ultraviolet light to harden the sealant crystal unit. -12- 201229139 Wide? For the sealant, for example, an epoxy resin or the like which contains a hardener spacer and a vaporized glass can be used. For the above liquid crystal, it is preferable to use a negative dielectrically dominant nematic liquid crystal, for example, a dicyanobenzene liquid crystal, a ruthenium ruthenium, a Schiff test liquid crystal, a bismuth coupler can be used. Nitrogen-based liquid crystal, biphenyl liquid crystal, and cyclohexane liquid crystal. The thickness of the liquid crystal layer is preferably a pawl ~5_. According to any of the methods, the & crystal unit manufactured as described above is further heated to a temperature at which the liquid crystal used becomes an isotropic phase, and then slowly cooled to room temperature, and it is desirable to remove the flow alignment at the time of liquid crystal filling. [(3) Step] This step _ irradiates light to the liquid crystal cell in a state where a voltage is applied between the conductive films of the pair of substrates. For the light to be irradiated, for example, ultraviolet rays and visible rays containing light having a wavelength of 15 〇 nm to 8 〇〇 nm can be used, and ultraviolet rays containing light having a wavelength of 3 〇〇 nm to 4 〇 0 nm are preferable. As the light source for illuminating light, for example, a low pressure mercury lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, a xenon lamp, a metal halide lamp, an argon resonance lamp, a xenon lamp, an excimer laser or the like can be used. The ultraviolet light in the above preferred wavelength region can be obtained by combining the above-mentioned light source with, for example, a filter, an optical thumb, or the like. The amount of light irradiation is preferably 1,000 J/m2 or more, less than i〇〇, 〇〇〇J/m2, more preferably i, 〇〇〇J/m2 to 50,000 J/m2. In the conventional PSA mode liquid crystal display element manufacturing, it is necessary to irradiate light of a level of 100,000 J/m 2 , but in the method of the present invention, even if the light irradiation amount is 50,000 J/m 2 or less, and further, it is 10,000 J/m 2 . In the following, a desired liquid crystal display element can be obtained, which contributes to a reduction in the manufacturing cost of the liquid crystal display element, and also can reduce the deterioration of electrical characteristics and long-term reliability caused by intense light-13-201229139. Then, a liquid crystal display element can be obtained by bonding a polarizing plate to the outer surface of the liquid crystal cell after the above treatment. In the case of the polarizing plate, a polarizing plate called a "H film" which is a side-stretched polyvinyl alcohol and which absorbs iodine, is sandwiched by a cellulose acetate protective film or a film made of a film itself. Polarizer. <Liquid Crystal Aligning Agent> The liquid crystal alignment agent (Α) used in the method of the present invention contains a [Α] polymer component having a polymerizable carbon-carbon double bond group in the same or different polymer and The group represented by the above formula (A 1 ). Further, the liquid crystal alignment agent (A) may comprise, as the [A] polymer component, at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of polyglycine and polyimine (hereinafter, referred to as "polymer (B) ""Other polymer" described later. Further, other components may be contained insofar as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. Hereinafter, each component will be described in detail. <[A] Polymer component> [A] The polymer component has a group containing a polymerizable carbon-carbon double bond in the same or different polymer and a group represented by the above formula (A1). [Base containing a polymerizable carbon-carbon double bond] Examples of the group containing a polymerizable carbon-carbon double bond include a group represented by the following formula (A), and CH 2 = C - (COO) - ( Χ^-ΙίΟ)—X11)^— (A) In the above formula (A), RA is a hydrogen atom or a fluorenyl group. -14- 201229139 X1 and x11 are each independently 1,4-phenylene, fluorenylene, 1,2-ethylene, 1,2-propyl or ι,3-extended propyl. A, B, C, and D are each independently 〇 or 1. Where 'C is 0 and D is 1, X11 is a 1,4-phenylene group. In addition, when B is 0, D is 0. Specific examples of the group represented by the above formula (A) include, for example, a vinyl group, an allyl group, a p-styryl group, a (meth) propylene fluorenyl fluorenyl group, and a 2-((meth) propylene group.醯oxy)ethyl, 3 ·((fluorenyl)propenyloxy)propyl, 4-((indolyl)propenyloxy)butyl, 5-((methyl)propenyloxy)pentyl , 6-((indenyl)propenyloxy)hexyl, 7-((indenyl)propenyloxy)heptyl, 8-((indenyl)propenyloxy)octyl, 9-((methyl)) Propylene oxime) fluorenyl, 10-((meth)acryloxy) fluorenyl, 4_(2_((indolyl) propylene oxime)ethyl)phenyl' 2_((4_(fluorenyl)) Propylene oxime)phenyl)ethyl, 4-((meth)acryloxymethyl)phenyl, 4-(methyl)propenyloxyphenyl fluorenyl, 4-(3-((A) Acryloxy)propyl)phenyl, 3-(4-(methyl)propenyloxyphenyl)propyl, 4-((indolyl)propenyloxymethoxy)phenyl, 4_ (2-((indenyl)propenyloxy)ethoxy)phenyl, 4-(3-(^methyl)acryloxy)propoxy)phenyl, (fluorenyl)propoxy A Oxymethyl, 2-((meth)propenyloxymethoxy)ethyl, 2-(2-((methyl)propenyloxy)ethoxy)ethyl, 2-(2(2) ^(/base) propylene oxime) ethoxy)ethoxy)ethyl, 3·(3_((methyl)propyl ethoxylate)propoxy)propyl, propylene methoxymethyl Wait. Among them, preferred are ethyl, allyl, p-styryl, (meth)allyloxymethyl, 2-((f-)propen(tetra)oxy)ethyl and 3 ((A) The group of the above-mentioned polymerizable carbon-carbon double bond is preferably a group represented by the above gas (A), more preferably selected from the above-exemplified specific groups. [Bases of the above formula (A1)] R1 of the above formula (A1) is a methylene group, a carbon atom having 2 to 3 Å, a stretching phenyl group or a stretching hexyl group. Some or all of the hydrogen atoms may be substituted. As the alkylene group having 2 to 30 carbon atoms represented by the above R1, it may be an extended ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group or a hexyl group. Stretching Xin, stretching base, stretching base, stretching undecyl, stretching lauryl, tetradecyl, hexadecyl, octadecyl, hexadecyl, and Decaalkyl, eicosyl, tetracosyl, tetracosyl, tetracosyl, pentadecyl, hexadecyl, heptadecyl , octadecyl, hexadecyl, Decylene or the like. Among them, 'in order to stably exhibit liquid crystal alignment, hexyl, octyl, fluorenyl, decyl, dialkyl, tetradecyl, hexadecyl, nonaalkyl, The number of carbon atoms such as an eicosyl group is 5 or less. 'It is preferred to extend the pentyl group, extend the eleventh burning group, extend the ten-fold octyl burning base, extend the ten-up, and extend the R2 below 20 to contain double a linking group of a bond, a triple bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, and one of the oxygen atoms. Examples of R2 include, for example, an ethylenediyl group, an ethylidene group, an anthracenyl group, a methanediyloxy group, and a fluoromethanediyl group. And - calcined diyloxy group, etc. Further, it may contain the above-mentioned ^, ^, or may contain a combination of each bond. Further, when R1 is a phenyl group or a ring-extension, the alignment of the formed alignment film And the solubility of the solvent -16-201229139 See 'Car father's R2 contains the right 6 曱 base or the carbon number of 2 ~ 30. Also, a is 0 or 1. R3 is with $, 丨, two The base of the single-ring structure is preferably a positive or negative dielectric anisotropically-doped group. A single-ring structure means that one ring structure is independent of other ring structures. There is too much structure that does not have a ring structure and a bond with other ring structures, that is, a structure having a structure of 1τ β w ° and no condensed ring structure. In addition, in the case of a single heterocyclic ring structure, it is possible to have a structure of each month and an aromatic ring. Any of the above structural structures, the above three may also have a combination thereof. No R is particularly limited to a group having two or more single ring structures to the upper/beta, but R3 is more than (r7)tr6- { 疋杈 is a group represented by the following formula (A2). R5rR4· (A2) π In the formula (A2), 'R4 is a stretching phenyl group, a stretching phenyl group, a stretching naphthyl group, a stretching peasant soil #一娘A hexyl group, a cyclohexyl group or a divalent heterocyclic group. Some or all of the hydrogen atoms of these groups may be substituted. R5 is a linking group of a methylene group which may have a substituent and a stretching alkyl group, a double bond, a triple bond, an ether bond, an ester bond, and a heterocyclic group which may have a substituent of 2 to 1 ring. R6 is a (c+) valence group which removes (c + 1) hydrogen atoms from benzene, biphenyl, naphthalene, cyclohexane, bicyclohexyl, cyclohexyl or heterocyclic compounds. This group, some of which have a hydrogen atom Part or all may be substituted. r7 is a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a fluorine atom, a trifluoromethyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a difluoromethoxy group or an alkylcarbonyloxy group. 〇 or 丨. c is an integer of ~9. d is 1 or 2. When each of R4, 尺7, and b is plural, a plurality of R4, R5, R7, and b may be the same or different from each other. The structure represented by the formula (A2) can further increase the electro-optical reactivity of the obtained liquid crystal 201229139 display element. In the formula (A2), it is a stretching phenyl group, a stretching phenyl group, a naphthyl group, a cyclohexylene group, and a stretching ring. The cyclohexyl group is a phenyl group or a divalent heterocyclic group. The divalent heterocyclic group may, for example, be a pyridyl group, a fluorenyl group or a pyrimidinyl group, and the above formula (A2) may be mentioned. a substituent having at least one of a stretching group, a double bond, a triple bond, an ether bond, and a heterocyclic group having a methylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms; and a linking group of R6 The [A] polymer component may be appropriately selected according to the desired orientation and dielectric anisotropy. Examples of R5 include methane diyl, ethane dipropane diyl, ethylene diyl, acetylene diyl, and ether. a group, a g group, a methyloxy group, an ethanediyloxy group, a fluoromethanediyloxy group, a difluoromethyloxy group, etc. Among them, an ethanediyl group, an acetylene diyl group, and a methane are preferred. Di- oxy, difluoromethanediyloxy. In addition, in the design of the side chain structure may contain R5 or may not contain. ^ In the above formula (A2), R0 is from benzene, biphenyl, naphthalene, The (c + 丨) hydrogen atom (c + 1) valence group is removed from cyclohexane hexane, cyclohexyl benzene or a heterocyclic compound. c is an integer of 1 to 9. For the ruler 6, for example, _ 1 There are the same groups as the above-mentioned divalent group of R4. In the above formula (A2), R7 is a hydrogen atom, a cyano group, a fluorine atom: a group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkyl group, an &oxy group, and a trifluoromethyl group. The oxycarbonyloxy group. Examples of the alkoxycarbonyl group include a methyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, an @oxycarbonyl group, and the like, and in the case of an alkyl group, a bovine has a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and the like. Examples of the alkoxy group include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, and the like, and a carbon such as a butyl group or an isobutyl group is a straight bond or a branched alkyl group. In the above formula (A2), R6 has a plurality of fluorenyl groups and alkanedicarboxylic acid diester groups of 0 or 1 and capable of a trifluoropentyl carbonyl group having a number of, for example, -18 to 201229139. When the substituent (R7) is used, a different substituent may be used in combination. In the case of a combination of R having a plurality of substituents, 'in order to stably exhibit a desired dielectric anisotropy, a milk atom and a cyano group are preferred. Combination, a combination of a gas atom and a burn group, a combination of a cyano group and a burn group. Further, c is an integer of 1 to 9. <Polymers [Al], [A-2], [A-3]> For the [A] polymer component, it is preferred to contain [A_丨] having a polymerizable carbon-carbon double bond. A polymer having a group and a group represented by the above formula (A1). Further, in terms of the [A] component, it is also preferred that the polymer having a group containing a polymerizable carbon-carbon double bond and [A_3] have a group represented by the above formula (A1). Polymer. These polymers may have a specific polymer backbone as described above, and may be suitably selected from the group consisting of a polyorganosiloxane, a polyamidolimine, a polyamido acid, a polyacrylate, a polydecyl acrylate, and a poly(benzene). Ethylene-phenylmaleimide derivatives, cellulose derivatives, polyesters, polyamines, polystyrene derivatives, polyglycosides as main chain structures are preferred from the viewpoint of electrical characteristics. From the viewpoint of light resistance, a polyorganosiloxane (hereinafter, referred to as a polyorgano-oxygen compound (A) '') is preferred. The polyorganosiloxane compound has a polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight of from 500 to 丨,000,000', more preferably from 1,000 to 100,000, still more preferably 1, as determined by gel permeation chromatography (GPC). 000~50, hehe. Such a polyorganosiloxane compound (A) can be produced by any method within the range of the above characteristics. The polyorganophyta compound (A) can be, for example, a decane compound having a poly--19-201229139-bonded carbon-carbon double bond group and an alkoxy group (hereinafter, it can be called "Shi Xiyuan compound (al) a method in which a mixture of a decane compound (al) and another alkoxy compound (al) and another alkoxydecane compound (hereinafter, may be referred to as "decane compound (a2)") is reacted in the presence of a dibasic acid and an alcohol (manufacturing method 1) Or the method of the hydrolysis/condensation (manufacturing method 2). In the above production method 1 or 2, the crushed compound (a2) is used in addition to the compound (a1), and as a decane compound (a2) A part of the decane compound having a group represented by the above formula (A1) and an alkoxy group (hereinafter referred to as "decane compound (a2-1)") can be obtained in a polymerizable carbon-containing anti-double bond. Further, the polyorganosiloxane compound (A) having a structure represented by the above formula (A1) is further contained. Further, the polyorganosiloxane compound (A) can also be produced as follows: In the above production method 1 or 2 'Use Shixi Burning Compound outside the Shixi Burning Compound (ai) And (a2), and a decane compound having an epoxy group and an alkoxy group (hereinafter, may be referred to as "the smelting compound (a2-2)")) as the at least a part of the decane compound (a2), which is first synthesized and has a a polymerizable carbon, a carbon double bond group and an epoxy group polyorganosiloxane (hereinafter, may be referred to as "polyorganooxazee front buckle (A)"), and then comprising and having the above formula (Ai) a method of reacting a carboxylic acid having a base and a carboxyl group (hereinafter, referred to as "specific carboxylic acid 2") (manufacturing method 3), or in the production method 1 or 2, using as a raw material The decane compound (a2) of the decane compound (a2-l), firstly synthesizing a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group (hereinafter, may be referred to as "polyorganosiloxane (A) precursor)", followed by A method of reacting a specific carboxylic acid 2 and/or a carboxylic acid containing a compound having a polymerizable carbon-carbon double bond and a carboxyl group (hereinafter, may be referred to as "specific carboxylic acid 1") (Production Method 4). , 201229139 For any of the above cases, as a decane compound (a2) The alkane compound (a2-l) and the decane compound (a2) other than the decane compound (a2-2) (hereinafter may be referred to as "decane compound (a2_3),) are used in combination with hydrazine as the above-mentioned calcining compound (al)' A compound represented by the following formula (a-Ι) can be cited. • Ra CH2==C—(Co°)a—(X1)^0)'XJI)^;~Si(ORB)4.E (a-1) In the above formula (a-1), ra, Xi, Xi丨, a, B, C and D are the same as defined in the above formula (A). Rb is an alkyl group having 12 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. e is an integer β of 1 to 3, and in the above formula (a-1), the alkyl group having a carbon number of 丨 to 12 in terms of re is preferably an alkyl group having a carbon number, and specific examples thereof include The mercapto group, the ethyl group, the n-propyl group, the n-butyl group, the second butyl group, the third butyl group and the like are preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group or a n-propyl group, and particularly preferably an ethyl group. Examples of the aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms represented by Ri include benzoquinone, methyl strepyl and the like. & E in the above formula (al) is preferably 1 or 2, and particularly preferably i. Specific examples of the decane compound (al) include, for example, vinyl trimethoxy decane, vinyl triethoxy decane vinyl tripropoxy decane, vinyl triisopropoxy decane, and vinyl trisole. n-Butyloxyzide, Vinyl Triisobutoxy Dream, Ethylene, Third Cetaceous, Allyl Trimethoxy, Allyl Triethoxy, Dipropyl Propoxy decane, allyl triisopropoxy decane, olefinic diyl 3--21 - 201229139 n-butoxy fluorene, allyl tris-butyl phthalate, π-material, butyl decane, allyl 3rd third butyl milk base burning, the present ethylene ternary trioxetine, p-styryl triethoxy decane, p-styryl tri-a ^ Α ^ ^ ^ internal rolling decane, p-styryl Triterpenoid - S -Γ tr Α ^ ^ soil-n-butoxy decane, p-styryl diisobutoxy decane, p-benzene benzene A, work must reduce soil - second butoxy decane, (A Alkyl methoxymethyl triterpene „ φ . . ^ A alkane, (meth) propylene methoxymethyl diethoxy sulphur, (meth), (r-)醯 methoxymethyl tri-n-propoxy decane, (meth) propylene methoxymethyl bis 2 | a propoxy decane, (meth) propylene decyl fluorenyl tri-n-butyl condensate (Sub) propylene methoxy methoxypropyl tri-tert-butoxy decane, 2-(methyl) propylene methoxyethyl trimethoxy oxalate, 2-(indenyl) propylene oxyethyl Triethoxy zebra, 2_(methyl) propylene oxyethyl tri-n-propoxy ketone, 2_(methyl) propyl decyloxyethyl triisopropoxy decane, 2-(methyl Acryloxyethyltri-n-butoxylate, 2-(methyl)propyloxyethylidene tri-tert-butoxydecane, 3-(indenyl)propeneoxypropane Tris-methoxy decane, 3-(indenyl) propylene methoxy propyl triethoxy decane, 3-(indenyl) propylene oxypropyl tri-n-propoxy decane, 3-(methyl) propylene oxime Oxypropyl triisopropoxy decane, 3-(indenyl) propylene oxypropyl tri-n-butoxy decane, 3-(methyl) propylene oxypropyl tri-tert-butoxy decane, 4_ (fluorenyl) propylene oxybutyl dimethoxy decane, 4-(methyl) propylene oxime Butyl triethoxy fluorene, 4-(methyl) propylene oxy butyl tri-n-propoxy oxalate, 4 _ (mercapto) propylene oxybutyl triisopropoxy decane, 4_ (Meth) propylene methoxy butyl di-n-butoxy decane, 4-(methyl) propylene oxy butyl propyl tri-second butoxy decane, 5-(indenyl) propylene methoxy pentane Tris-decyloxydecane, 5-(indenyl)propenyloxypentyltriethoxydecane, 5·(fluorenyl)propene oxime-22- 201229139=yltri-n-propoxyethanol, 5-(f-based ) propylene oxydecane, 5-(methicone decyloxypentyl tri-n-butoxy decane, 5-(::) propylene oxypentyl propyl tri-second butoxide oxylate: dilute oxygen Ethyl hexyl methoxy sulphate, fluorenylmethyl) propylene oxyhexyl) oxycarbazide, 6-(fluorenyl) propylene methoxy hexyl tri-n-propoxy oxazide (oxymethyl group) Γ: Λ ,, 丙美 _ soil monobutoxy decane, 6-(fluorenyl) propylene methoxy hexyl group, etc.: di-first butoxy decane, propylene methoxymethyl trimethoxy decane: - You can choose more than one to use. More preferably, it is a mixture of vinyl methoxy decane, vinyl triethoxy decane, allyl trimethoxy oxy, 'mono- allyl diethoxy decane, p-styryl trimethoxy decane Vinyl triethoxy decane, (fluorenyl) propylene methoxymethyl trioxy decane, 2-(indenyl) propylene methoxyethyl trimethoxy decane and (meth) acryloxy group More than one type consisting of propyltrimethoxydecane. The Dream Compound (a2-l) is a decane compound having a thiophene-indenyl group represented by the above formula (Α1), and may be used in combination with a decane compound represented by the following formula (a2_ia). (RC)f(RD)gSi(ORE)4_f.g (a2-la) In the above formula (a2-la), 'Rc is an alkyl group having 4 to 3 carbon atoms, and a fluorination having 1 to 30 carbon atoms An alkyl group, or a nicotinyl group having a steroid group having a carbon number of 51, an alkoxyphenyl group having an alkoxy group having 2 to 24 carbon atoms, or a carbon atom having a dicyclohexane skeleton of 12 to 30 Hydrocarbyl group. RD is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. RE is an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. -23- 201229139 f is an integer from 1 to 3. g is an integer of 〇~2. Wherein f + g ^ 3 ° is the same as the group described in the above formula (a 1) which the RC ' in the above formula (a2-1 a) and the polyorganoanthracene compound (A) can optionally have. It is preferably a methyl group in terms of Rd. For Re ' is the same as rB in the above formula (a_i). f is preferably 1, and g is preferably 〇 or 1. The cerium compound represented by the above formula (a2-la) can be exemplified as follows: For a decane compound having an alkyl group having 4 to 30 carbon atoms, for example, n-butyltrioxane can be cited. Base decane, n-butyltriethoxy decane, n-butyl tri-n-propoxy oxysphate, n-butyl triisopropoxy sinter, n-butyl tri-n-butoxy decane, n-butyl tri-second Butoxy decane, n-butyl tri-n-pentyloxy decane, n-butyl tri-second butoxy decane, n-butyltriphenoxydecane, n-pentyltrimethoxy decane, n-pentyltriethyl hydrazine Basestone, n-pentyltriphenoxydecane, hexyltrimethoxy decane, hexyldiethoxy oxacyclohexane, heptyltrimethoxy decane, heptyltriethoxy decane, n-octyltrioxane Basear, n-decyltrimethoxy decane, n-dodecyltrimethoxydecane, n-octadecyltrimethoxydecane, and the like. Further, 'for a decane compound having a fluorinated alkyl group having a carbon number of 丨~3 ', for example, 3,3,3-trifluoropropyltrimethoxy decane, 3,3,3-trifluoro can be cited. Propyltriethoxydecane, 2_(trifluoromethyl)ethyltrimethoxy-Xiyuan 2-(perfluoro-n-propyl)ethyltrimethoxy oxime, 2_(perfluoro-positive
己基)乙基三曱氧基矽烷、2_(全氟正辛基)乙基三曱氧基 矽烷等。 A 就具有類固醇骨架的碳原子數17〜51的烴基的矽烷 化合物就而言,例如能列舉有3·膽留烷基三甲氧基矽= -24- 201229139 、3-膽留燒基三乙氧基矽烷、3_膽留烷基三正丙氧基石夕 烷、3-膽留烷基三異丙氧基矽烷、3_膽留烷基三正丁氧 基矽烷、3-膽留烷基三第二丁氧基矽烷、3_膽留烯基三 甲氧基矽烷等。 就具有碳原子數2〜24的烷氧基的烷氧基笨基的碎燒 化合物而言,例如能列舉有4_戊氧基苯基三曱氧基矽烷 、4 -戊氧基苯基三乙氧基矽烷、4_己氧基苯基三甲氧旯 石夕烧、4-辛氧基苯基三甲氧基矽烷、4_十二烷氧基苯基 三甲氧基矽烷等。 土 上述矽烷化合物(a2-2)是具有環氧基和烷氧基的矽 燒化合物,較佳為下述式(a2_2)表示的化合物。 (RF)h(RG)iSi(〇RH)4.h_i (a2.2) 上述式(a2-2)中,rf為具有環氧基的1價基。 為碳原子數1〜3的烷基。 RH為碳原子數1〜12的烷基或碳原子數6〜12的芳基。匕 為1〜3的整數。i為〇〜2的整數。其中,h + i$3。 就式(a2-2)中的Rf而言,例如能列舉有3_環氧丙氧基 丙基、2-(3,4-環氧基環己基)乙基等。就汉(3而言,較佳= 甲基。對於RH’和上述式h較佳為厂 i較佳為0或1。 ’ 就石夕炫化合物(a2-2)的具體例而言,例如能列舉有3_ 裱氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3_環氧丙氧基丙基三 氧基矽烷、3-環氧丙氧基丙基曱基二甲氧基矽烷、夂= 氧丙氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷、3_環氧丙氧基丙基2 曱基曱氧基矽烷、3_環氧丙氧基丙基二曱基乙氧基〇 = -25- 201229139 、2-(3,4-環氧基環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、2_(3,4_環氧 基環己基)乙基三乙氧基矽烷等,它們中可以選擇一種以 上來使用。 上述矽烷化合物(a2_3)是矽烷化合物(a2-l)和(a2-2) 以外的石夕烧化合物(a2),例如能列舉有下述式(a2-3)表示 的矽烷化合物等。 (a2-3) ’ Rp為碳原子數1〜3的烧基或笨基。 〜12的烷基或碳原子數6〜12的芳基。j (RP)jSi(〇RQ)4_. 上述式(a2-3)中 RQ為碳原子數1 為0 ~ 3的整數。 上述式(a2-3)中的rQ和上述式(a·。中的rb一樣。 就石夕烧化合物(a2_3)的具體例子而言,〗為〇的化合物 :例如能列舉有四甲氧基矽烷、四乙氧基矽烷、四正丙 氧基矽烷、四異丙氧基矽烷、四第二丁氧基矽烷、四正 丁氧基矽烷、四第二丁氧基矽烷等。 J為1的化合物,例如能列舉有曱基三甲氧基矽烷、 曱基一乙氧基矽烷、曱基三正丙氧基矽烷、曱基三異丙 氧基矽烷、曱基三正丁氧基矽烷、曱基三第二丁氧基矽 烷甲基二正戊氧基矽烷、甲基三第二丁氧基矽烷、曱 基三苯氧基矽烷、甲基三對甲基苯氧基矽烷、乙基三甲 氧基钱、正丙基三甲氧基我、苯基三甲氧基石夕貌等 曱氧基矽; 石夕烧、二異 一乙基二乙 j為2的化合物,例如能列舉有二曱基 、二乙基二曱氧基矽烷、二正丙基二曱氧 丙基二甲氧基矽烷、二甲基二乙氧基矽烷 -26- 201229139 氧基矽烷等。 j為3的化合物,例如能列舉有三甲基曱氧基矽烧、 二乙基甲氧基石夕烧、三正丙基曱氧基石夕院、三異丙基曱 氧基矽烷、三曱基乙氧基矽烷、三乙基乙氧基矽烷等。 它們中’更佳為上述式(a2_3)中j為〇或1的化合物,進一 步更佳為乙基三甲氧基矽烷、乙基三乙氧基矽烷、甲基 二曱氧基矽烷、曱基三乙氧基矽烷、四曱氧基矽烷和四 乙氧基矽烷’特佳為上述式(a2 3)中j為〇的化合物,最佳 為四曱氧基矽烷和四乙氧基矽烷。 藉由製造方法1或2製造聚有機矽氧烷化合物(A)時 ’作為原料使用的矽烷化合物,相對於矽烷化合物的全 體較佳係含有1莫耳%以上,更佳係含有1莫耳%〜60莫耳 /〇,進一步更佳為含有2莫耳莫耳%,特佳含有2莫 耳%〜30莫耳%的上述矽烷化合物(al)。 藉由製造方法1或2,製造除了含聚合性碳_碳雙鍵的 卜還八有上述式(A1)表示的基的聚有機矽氧烷化合物 (A)時,$時使用矽烷化合物⑹和矽烷化合物⑷])。 此時石夕燒化合物(a2])的使用比例相對於㈣化合物的 王體’較佳為60莫耳%以下,更佳為5莫耳%〜5〇莫耳%, 特佳為1 〇莫耳%~40莫耳%。 製造方法1或2中,較佳传险 站人冰m 权住係除了上述的矽烷化合物外 、-=3使用矽烷化合物 _ 物 ;便用比例相對於矽烷化合 的王體,較佳為60莫耳%以下,更估 0/ , 更佳為〇莫耳%〜40莫耳 /〇,特佳為0莫耳%〜20莫耳%。 吳斗 用 製造方法3進行聚有機矽 氧貌化合物(A)的製造時 201229139 ’作為原料使用的矽烷 a铷炎^ 全體較佳係含有!莫耳二,相胸燒化合物的 耳%,推卓 上,更佳為含有1莫耳。/。〜6〇莫 、0 30莫耳/〇的上述矽烷化合物(alp :製xe方法3進行聚有機矽氧烷化合物⑷的製造時 示上述矽烷化合物U1)外還使用矽烷化合物(a2_ 入I貌化合物(a2_2)的使用比例為相對於碎燒化合物的 王體,較佳為10莫耳%以上,更佳為2〇莫耳%〜9〇莫 ’待佳為30莫耳%〜70莫耳%。 ° 用製造方法4進行聚有機矽氧烷化合物(A)的製造時 ,作為原料使用的矽烷化合物為,相對於矽烷化合物的 全體’較佳係含有2〇莫耳%以上,更佳係含有40莫耳%的 上述矽烷化合物(a2-2)。 製造方法3和4 t,較佳係不使用矽烷化合物(a2_3) 聚有機矽氧烷化合物(A)、聚有機矽氧烷前質(A,)或 H又 · ’ 〜 Λ有機矽氧烷前質(A”)分別能藉由使上述矽烷化合物在 —餐酸和醇的存在下反應的方法(製造方法1 )、或水解. ’缩合的方法(製造方法2)來製造。 下面’依次說明製造方法1和製造方法2。 [製造方法1] 製造方法1是使上述矽烷化合物在二羧酸和醇的存 在下反應的方法。 作為這裏使用的二缓酸,能列舉有草酸、丙二酸、 碳原子數2〜4的伸烷基上鍵結兩個羧基得到的化合物、苯 -28- 201229139 —羧酸等。具體的例如能列舉有草酸、丙二酸、琥珀酸 、戊一酸、己二酸、鄰笨二甲酸、間苯二甲酸、對笨一 甲酸等,較佳係使用它們中的一種以上。特佳為草酸: 就二羧酸的使用比例而言,相對於作為原料使用 矽烷化合物具有的烷氧基合計1莫耳而言’鲮基的量較佳 為0.2莫耳〜2.〇莫耳的量,更佳為〇 5莫耳~15莫耳的量。 就上述醇而言,能適合使用丨級醇。其具體例 如能列舉有甲醇、乙醇、正丙醇、異丙醇、正丁醇、里 丁酉子、第二丁醇 '第三丁醇、正戊醇、異戊醇、 丁醇、第三戊醇、3·甲氧基丁醇、正己醇 二 、匕乙基丁醇:庚醇-3、正辛醇、2_乙基己醇、甲正= ,6 一甲基庚醇_4、正癸醇、苯酚、環 产 >335--®«: =7^ 〒基% 己醇 ,,一土衣己醇 '苄醇、二丙酮醇等… 們中選擇一種以上來使 1車乂佳係攸匕 * ^ E ^ 吏用的醇而言,較佳 為…數1〜4的脂肪族1級醇,更佳係由甲醇、乃佳 異丙醇、正丙醇、異丁. 乙醇、 群組中選出的一種以μ七士 矛—丁醇構成的 樘Μ上來使用,特佳使用 成的群組中選出的—種以上。 黾和乙酵構 就製造方法1中的醇的使用比例而 液的總量,矽烷化人私^ ° 相對於反應溶 %〜80質量%,更佳為 杈佳為佔3質量 勺佔25質量%〜70質| 反應溫度較佳為〜⑽。c,更 ^ 時間較佳為0.5小時〜24 , + 馮5 C〜8〇。〇。反應 ⑷ 小時,更佳為1小砵0 製造方法1中,較佳 夺〜8小時。 。 外不使用其他溶劑 -29- 201229139 製造方法1中,Α Λ 間體藉由醇作用 夕烷化合物和二緩酸反應生成的中 、或矽烷化合物/】推測生成了石夕烷化合物(al)的縮合體 機矽氧烷。 a )和矽烷化合物(a2)的共縮合體—聚有Hexyl)ethyltrimethoxy decane, 2-(perfluoro-n-octyl)ethyltrimethoxy decane, and the like. A. For the decane compound having a hydrocarbon group having a hydrocarbon group of 17 to 51, for example, a cholesteryl trimethoxy oxime = -24-201229139 or a 3-cholesteryl triethoxy group can be cited. Base decane, 3_cholesteryl tri-n-propoxy oxacycloline, 3-cholesteryl triisopropoxy decane, 3-cholesteryl tri-n-butoxy decane, 3-cholesteryl three Second butoxy decane, 3-bilidyl alkenyl trimethoxy decane, and the like. Examples of the calcined compound having an alkoxy group having an alkoxy group having 2 to 24 carbon atoms include, for example, 4-pentyloxyphenyltrimethoxy decane and 4-pentyloxyphenyl three. Ethoxy decane, 4-hexyloxyphenyltrimethoxine, 4-octyloxyphenyltrimethoxydecane, 4-dodecyloxyphenyltrimethoxydecane, and the like. Soil The above decane compound (a2-2) is an alkylene compound having an epoxy group and an alkoxy group, and is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (a2_2). (RF)h(RG)iSi(〇RH)4.h_i (a2.2) In the above formula (a2-2), rf is a monovalent group having an epoxy group. It is an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. RH is an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms.匕 is an integer from 1 to 3. i is an integer of 〇~2. Among them, h + i$3. The Rf in the formula (a2-2) may, for example, be a 3-glycidoxypropyl group or a 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyl group. In the case of Han (3, preferably = methyl group. For RH' and the above formula h, it is preferred that the plant i is preferably 0 or 1. For a specific example of the Shi Xixuan compound (a2-2), for example It can be exemplified by 3_methoxypropoxypropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-glycidoxypropylmercaptodimethoxydecane, oxime = oxygen Propoxypropylmethyldiethoxydecane, 3_glycidoxypropyl 2 decyloxydecane, 3_glycidoxypropyldidecylethoxy oxime = -25- 201229139, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxydecane, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltriethoxydecane, etc., one or more of which may be selected The decane compound (a2_3) is a cerium compound (a2) other than the decane compound (a2-l) and (a2-2), and examples thereof include a decane compound represented by the following formula (a2-3). (a2-3) 'Rp is an alkyl group or a stupid group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. An alkyl group of 12 or 12 or an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. j (RP) jSi(〇RQ)4_. In (a2-3), RQ is an integer having a carbon number of 1 to 0 to 3. In the above formula (a2-3) rQ is the same as rb in the above formula (a.). In the specific example of the compound (a2_3), a compound which is ruthenium: for example, tetramethoxy decane, tetraethoxy decane, or the like N-propoxy decane, tetraisopropoxy decane, tetra-butoxy decane, tetra-n-butoxy decane, tetra-butoxy decane, etc.. A compound wherein J is 1, for example, fluorenyl-trimethyl Oxydecane, decyl monoethoxy decane, decyl tri-n-propoxy decane, decyl triisopropoxy decane, decyl tri-n-butoxy decane, decyl tri-n-butoxy decanemethyl Di-n-pentyloxydecane, methyltri-n-butoxydecane, decyltriphenoxydecane, methyltri-p-methylphenoxydecane, ethyltrimethoxyacetate, n-propyltrimethoxy And a compound of a phenyl trimethoxy sulphate or the like; a compound of a sulphur, a diiso-ethyldiethyl j is 2, and examples thereof include a diindenyl group, a diethyl decyloxy decane, and a di-n-butyl group. Propyldimethoxypropyldimethoxydecane, dimethyldiethoxydecane-26-201229139 oxydecane, etc. Compounds wherein j is 3, examples Examples thereof include trimethyl decyloxy oxime, diethyl methoxy sulfonium, tri-n-propyl decyloxy oxe, triisopropyl decyl decane, tridecyl ethoxy decane, and triethyl. Ethoxy decane or the like. Among them, a compound of the above formula (a2_3) wherein j is ruthenium or 1, more preferably ethyltrimethoxydecane, ethyltriethoxydecane or methyldioxime The base decane, decyltriethoxy decane, tetradecyloxydecane and tetraethoxy decane are particularly preferably compounds of the above formula (a2 3) wherein j is ruthenium, preferably tetradecyloxydecane and tetraethylidene. When the polyorganosiloxane compound (A) is produced by the production method 1 or 2, the decane compound used as a raw material preferably contains 1 mol% or more, more preferably, based on the total amount of the decane compound. 1 mole % ~ 60 moles / 〇, further preferably containing 2 moles %, particularly preferably containing 2 moles % ~ 30 mole % of the above decane compound (al). By the production method 1 or 2, when the polyorganosiloxane compound (A) having a group represented by the above formula (A1) is contained in addition to the polymerizable carbon-carbon double bond, the decane compound (6) is used at a time of Decane compound (4)]). At this time, the use ratio of the compound (a2)) is preferably 60 mol% or less, more preferably 5 mol% to 5 mol%, and particularly preferably 1 mol%. Ear %~40% of the ear. In the manufacturing method 1 or 2, it is preferable that the mass transfer station is in addition to the above-described decane compound, and -=3 uses a decane compound; the ratio is relative to the decane compound, preferably 60 mol. Ear% or less, more estimated 0/, more preferably 〇mol%~40mol/〇, especially good for 0%%~20mol%. When Wu Dou manufactures polyorganophosphorus oxide compound (A) by the manufacturing method 3, 201229139 'The decane a 铷 作为 作为 作为 作为 作为 作为 作为 作为 作为 作为 莫 莫 莫 莫 莫 莫 莫 莫 莫 莫 莫 莫 莫 莫 莫 莫 莫 莫 莫 莫 莫 莫 莫 莫More preferably, it contains 1 mole. /. ~ 〇 、 , 0 30 摩尔 / 〇 矽 矽 化合物 矽 ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( 矽 矽 矽 ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( ( The ratio of use of (a2_2) is relative to the king of the calcined compound, preferably 10 mol% or more, more preferably 2 mol% to 9 mol%, and is preferably 30 mol% to 70 mol%. When the polyorganosiloxane compound (A) is produced by the production method 4, the decane compound used as a raw material is preferably 2 〇 mol% or more, more preferably contained in the entire decane compound. 40 mol% of the above decane compound (a2-2). Processes 3 and 4 t, preferably without using a decane compound (a2_3) polyorganosiloxane compound (A), polyorganosiloxane precursor (A) , or H · · ' ~ Λ organic oxoxane precursor (A") can be obtained by reacting the above decane compound in the presence of an acid and an alcohol (manufacturing method 1), or hydrolysis. Method (manufacturing method 2) to manufacture. 1 and the production method 2. [Production Method 1] The production method 1 is a method in which the above decane compound is reacted in the presence of a dicarboxylic acid and an alcohol. Examples of the dibasic acid used herein include oxalic acid, malonic acid, and carbon. a compound obtained by bonding two carboxyl groups to an alkyl group having 2 to 4 atoms, benzene-28-201229139-carboxylic acid, etc. Specific examples thereof include oxalic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, valeric acid, and hexanic acid. The acid, the o-dicarboxylic acid, the isophthalic acid, the isophthalic acid, and the like are preferably one or more of them. Particularly preferred is oxalic acid: in terms of the ratio of use of the dicarboxylic acid, the use of the decane compound as a raw material The amount of the alkoxy group is preferably from 0.2 moles to 2. moles, more preferably from 5 moles to 15 moles. The mercapto alcohol can be suitably used, and specific examples thereof include methanol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, n-butanol, rivet tweezers, second butanol 't-butanol, n-pentanol, and isopenic Alcohol, butanol, third pentanol, 3-methoxybutanol, n-hexanol di-p-ethylbutanol: g -3, n-octanol, 2-ethylhexanol, methyl positive =, 6-methylheptanol_4, n-nonanol, phenol, ring production >335--®«: =7^ 〒基% Alcohol, one of the decyl alcohol 'benzyl alcohol, diacetone alcohol, etc., one or more of them are selected to make the alcohol of the 乂 乂 攸匕 ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ The aliphatic monohydric alcohol is more preferably used from the group consisting of methanol, isopropyl alcohol, n-propanol, isobutyl alcohol, and ethanol, selected from the group consisting of 七7 spear-butanol. The selected ones are selected from the group of the above-mentioned groups. The ratio of the use of the alcohol in the production method 1 and the total amount of the liquid, the amount of the liquid is 矽 化 人 〜 〜 〜 〜 More preferably, it is preferably 3 mass scoops and accounts for 25 mass% to 70 masses. The reaction temperature is preferably ~(10). c, more ^ time is preferably 0.5 hours ~ 24, + von 5 C ~ 8 〇. Hey. The reaction is (4) hours, more preferably 1 hour. In the production method 1, it is preferably ~8 hours. . No other solvent is used -29- 201229139 In the production method 1, the ruthenium ruthenium is synthesized by the reaction of the octanic compound and the sulphonic acid to form a ruthenium compound (al). Condenser body oxime. a) co-condensate with decane compound (a2)
[製造方法2J 製造方法2 θ 該水解•縮2 .上述矽烷化合物水解•縮合的方法。 合物和水在八、:Λ應是較佳係催化劑的存在下,石夕烧化 & 一 °適的有機溶劑中進行反應。 化合==的比例’相對於作為原料使用㈣ 七莫耳、有的燒氧基合計為丨莫耳的量,較佳為。5莫耳 等。二ΐ:::Γ,能列舉有酸、驗、金屬化合物 有鹽醆、硫醆、 而5 ,就馱例如能列舉 於,乙酸、甲酸、草酸、馬來酸等。 此使用無機鹼和有機鹼的任音一種 如能列舉有氨、0β & 〜種,無機鹼例 、乙醇納二:ΓΓ氫氧化鉀、甲醇納、甲醇鉀 正丙胺、三正丁胺、”、4_二 :-乙胺、二 機胺;四甲基氫氧化銨等。 』基°比啶等三級有 就金屬化合物而言,例如能 合物等。 牛有鈦化合物、錯化 催化劑的使用比例相對於作 計為100質量份,較佳為10質量份以‘用的石夕炫化合 質量份〜㈣量份,進-步更佳為㈣量二佳狀_ 、里伤〜1質量份 -30- 201229139 就上述有機溶劑而言,例如能列舉有醇、酮、醯胺 、酯和其他非質子性化合物。就上述醇而言,能使用具 有1個羥基的醇、具有多個羥基的醇和具有多個羥基的醇 的部分®旨的任何一種。就上述酮而言,較佳係使用單酮 和β -二酮。 就這樣的有機溶劑的具體例子而言,具有1個羥基的 醇,例如能列舉有曱醇、乙醇、正丙醇、異丙醇、正丁 醇、異丁醇、第二丁醇、第三丁醇、正戊醇、異戊醇、 2 -甲基丁醇、第三戊醇、3 -曱氧基丁醇、正己醇、2 -曱基 戊醇、2 -乙基丁醇、庚醇-3、正辛醇、2 -乙基己醇、正壬 酮、2,6-二曱基庚醇-4、正癸醇、苯酚、環己醇、甲基環 己醇、3,3,5-三曱基環己醇、苄醇、二丙酮醇等, 就具有多個羥基的醇而言,例如能列舉有乙二醇、 1,2-丙二醇、1,3-丁二醇、戊二醇-2,4、2 -曱基戊二醇-2,4 、己二醇-2,5、庚二醇-2,4、2 -乙基己二醇-1,3、二乙二 醇、二丙二醇、三乙二醇、三丙二醇等., 就具有多個羥基的醇的部分酯而言,例如能列舉有 乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、乙二醇單丙醚、乙二醇 單丁醚、乙二醇單己醚、乙二醇單苯醚、乙二醇單-2-乙 丁醚、二乙二醇單曱醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單 丙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、二乙二醇單己醚、丙二醇單甲 醚、丙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單丙醚、丙二醇單丁醚、二 丙二醇單甲醚、二丙二醇單乙醚、二丙二醇單丙醚等。 此外,就單S同而言,例如能列舉有丙酮、曱乙酮、 甲基-正丙酮、曱基-正丁酮、二乙酮、曱基-異丁酮、甲 -31 - 201229139 基-正戊酮、乙基-正丁酮、甲基-正己酮、二-異丁酮、三 曱基壬酮、環己酮、2 -己酮、曱基環己酮、2,4 -戊二酮、 丙酮基丙S同、苯乙酮、詩@同等, 就上述β -二酮而言,例如能列舉有乙醯丙酮、2,4 -己二酮、2,4-庚二酮、3,5-庚二酮、2,4 -辛二酮、3,5 -辛 二酮、2,4 -壬二酮、3,5 -壬二酮、5 -曱基-2,4-己二酮、 2,2,6,6-四甲基- 3,5-庚二酮、1,1,1,5,5,5-六氟- 2,4-庚二酮 等, 就醯胺而言,例如能列舉有甲醯胺、Ν-曱基曱醯胺 、Ν,Ν-二甲基甲醯胺、Ν-乙基曱醯胺、Ν,Ν-二乙基曱醯 胺、·乙醯胺、Ν-曱基乙醯胺、Ν,Ν-二曱基乙醯胺、Ν-乙 基乙醯胺、Ν,Ν-二乙基乙醯胺、Ν-曱基丙醯胺、Ν-甲基 。比洛。定酮、Ν -曱酷基咮淋、Ν -甲酸基0辰。定、Ν -甲醯基。比 °各π定、Ν -乙醯基味琳、Ν -乙酿基°底σ定、Ν -乙醯基。比。各咬 等。 就自旨而言,例如能列舉有碳酸二乙自旨、碳酸乙稀画旨 、碳酸丙烯酯、碳酸二乙酯、碳酸甲酯、乙酸乙酯、γ-丁内酯、γ-戊内酯、乙酸正丙酯、乙酸異丙酯、乙酸正 丁酯、乙酸異丁酯、乙酸第二丁酯、乙酸正戊酯、乙酸 第二戊酯、乙酸3 -曱氧基丁基酯、乙酸曱基戊酯、乙酸 2-乙基丁酯、乙酸2-乙基己酯、乙酸苄酯、乙酸環己酯 、乙酸曱基環己酯、乙酸正壬酯、乙醯碳酸曱酯、乙醯 乙酸乙酯、乙酸乙二醇單曱醚、乙酸乙二醇單乙醚、乙 酸二乙二醇單甲醚、乙酸二乙二醇單乙醚、乙酸二乙二 醇單正丁醚、乙酸丙二醇單曱醚、乙酸丙二醇單乙醚、 -32- 201229139 乙酸丙二醇單丙醚、乙酸丙 οβ ^ 降早丁醚、乙酸二丙-齡 早曱醚、乙酸二丙二醇單乙醚、_ 一蛑 ^ ^ —乙酸乙二酯、乙酴® 氧基二乙二酯、丙酸乙自旨、 ^ 曰内&正丁酯、丙酸異戊酯 卓酸二乙酯、草酸-正丁 t —曰、 皁酸一正丁酉曰、孔酸曱醋、乳酸乙 酉欠正丁酯、乳酸正戊酯、 礼 « , 以一乙酯、鄰苯二曱酴一 甲醋、鄰苯二甲酸二乙酯等。 :其他非質子性溶劑而言,例如能列舉有乙腈、二 i n N’N’N’’N’_四乙基續酿胺、六甲 胺、甲基味琳、N-WNWN_〜: 二二、wn乙基_、·二甲基。底听、~ ::味唑、N•甲基_4_哌啶酮、沁曱基_2_哌啶酮1 甲基-2-°比略π定酮、J 3_二 —甲基-2-咪唑啉酮、丨,3_二 四氫-2(1H)-嘧η定酮等。 暴 就有機溶劑的使用!_ 以夕…、 比例而吕’反應溶液中有機溶劑 计質里佔反應;谷液總量的比例較佳為夏 吳量j〜9〇處量%,更佳為1〇質量%~7〇質量%。 製^方法2中’在聚有機矽氧烷的製造時添加的水, ° 、門斷地或連續地添加到原料矽烧化合物中或在有機 心劑中溶解了矽烷化合物的溶液中。 催化劑可以預先添加到原料矽烷化合物中或在有機 溶劑中、交#2 7 &解了矽烷化合物的溶液中,或溶解或分散在添 加的水中。 反應溫度較佳為1°C〜loot,更佳為15°C〜80eC。反應 時間較佳為〇 句υ.5小時〜24小時,更佳為1小時〜8小時。 A有機矽氧烷化合物(A)的製造方法而言’採用製 -33- 201229139 造方法1或2時,如上所述,能獲得聚有 (A) 〇 就聚有機矽氧烷化合物(A)的製造方 造方法3時’將如上述般獲得的聚有機石夕 與含有特定羧酸2的羧酸反應,能獲得聚 物(A)。 就聚有機矽氧烷化合物(A)的製造方 造方法4時,將如上述般獲得的聚有機 再與含有特定羧酸丨和/或特定羧酸2的幾 聚有機矽氧烷化合物(A)。 [聚有機石夕氧烷前質(A,)與缓酸的反應] _在製造方法3中使用的特定叛酸2是 表示的基和後基的化合物。 就製造方法3中使用的特定羧酸2而 有下述式(A1-C)表示的緩基的化合物。[Production Method 2J Production Method 2 θ This hydrolysis/reduction 2 is a method for hydrolyzing and condensing the above decane compound. The compound and water are reacted in an organic solvent in the presence of a preferred catalyst in the presence of a preferred catalyst. The ratio of the compounding == is preferably used as the raw material (four), seven moles, and the total amount of the alkoxy groups, which is a molar amount. 5 Moer et al. Ershi:::Γ, can be listed as acid, test, metal compounds, salt, bismuth, and 5, for example, can be listed, acetic acid, formic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid and so on. The inorganic base and the organic base may be exemplified by ammonia, 0β & type, inorganic base, ethanol sodium: potassium hydroxide, sodium methoxide, potassium methoxide, tri-n-butylamine, 4_2:-ethylamine, diamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, etc. 』Based on the third-order, such as a metal compound, such as an energy compound, etc. The bovine has a titanium compound, a mis-catalyst The ratio of use is relative to 100 parts by mass, preferably 10 parts by mass, and the amount of parts used by the Shi Xixuan compound is ~ (four) parts, and the step-by-step is better (four) amount of two good _, lining ~ 1 In the above-mentioned organic solvent, for example, an alcohol, a ketone, a guanamine, an ester, and other aprotic compounds can be cited. In the case of the above alcohol, an alcohol having one hydroxyl group can be used, and a plurality of alcohols can be used. Any one of the hydroxyl group and the alcohol having a plurality of hydroxyl groups. For the above ketone, a monoketone and a β-diketone are preferably used. In the specific example of such an organic solvent, there is one hydroxyl group. Examples of the alcohol include decyl alcohol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, and Butanol, isobutanol, second butanol, third butanol, n-pentanol, isoamyl alcohol, 2-methylbutanol, third pentanol, 3-methoxybutanol, n-hexanol, 2 - Mercaptool, 2-ethylbutanol, heptanol-3, n-octanol, 2-ethylhexanol, n-nonanone, 2,6-dimercaptoheptan-4, n-nonanol, phenol, Cyclohexanol, methylcyclohexanol, 3,3,5-tridecylcyclohexanol, benzyl alcohol, diacetone alcohol, etc., and examples of the alcohol having a plurality of hydroxyl groups, for example, ethylene glycol, 1 , 2-propanediol, 1,3-butanediol, pentanediol-2,4,2-decylpentanediol-2,4, hexanediol-2,5, heptanediol-2,4,2 Ethylhexanediol-1,3, diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tripropylene glycol, etc., and a partial ester of an alcohol having a plurality of hydroxyl groups, for example, an ethylene glycol single Methyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monohexyl ether, ethylene glycol monophenyl ether, ethylene glycol mono-2-ethylbutyl ether, diethyl Glycol monoterpene ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monopropyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monohexyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, Propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monopropyl ether, etc. Further, as for the single S, for example, acetone and acetophenone can be cited. , methyl-n-propanone, decyl-n-butanone, diethyl ketone, decyl-isobutyl ketone, methyl-31 - 201229139 keto-n-pentanone, ethyl-n-butanone, methyl-n-hexanone, two - isobutyl ketone, trimethyl fluorenone, cyclohexanone, 2-hexanone, nonylcyclohexanone, 2,4-pentanedione, acetone acetophenone S, acetophenone, poetry @ equivalent, Examples of the β-diketone include acetamidine, 2,4-hexanedione, 2,4-heptanedione, 3,5-heptanedione, 2,4-octanedione, and 3,5. -octanedione, 2,4-nonanedione, 3,5-nonanedione, 5-nonyl-2,4-hexanedione, 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-3,5- Examples thereof include heptane, 1,1,1,5,5,5-hexafluoro-2,4-heptanedione, and the like, and the guanamine may, for example, bemethantamine or fluorenyl decyl decylamine. Ν, Ν-dimethylformamide, Ν-ethyl decylamine, hydrazine, hydrazine-diethyl decylamine, acetamidine, hydrazine-mercaptoacetamide, hydrazine, hydrazine-dihydrazino Acetamide, Ν-B As acetamide, Ν, Ν- acetyl diethyl amine, Ν- Yue-yl propan Amides, Ν- methyl. Bilo. Ketone, Ν-曱 咮 咮 Ν, Ν-formate base 0 辰. Ding, Ν-甲醯基. Ratio ° π Ν, Ν - 醯 醯 味 味 Ν Ν Ν Ν Ν 乙 乙 乙 乙 乙 乙 乙 乙 Ν Ν Ν Ν Ν Ν Ν Ν ratio. Each bite and so on. For the purpose, for example, there may be mentioned a carbonic acid, a carbonic acid, a propylene carbonate, a diethyl carbonate, a methyl carbonate, an ethyl acetate, a γ-butyrolactone, and a γ-valerolactone. , n-propyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, second butyl acetate, n-amyl acetate, second amyl acetate, 3-methoxy butyl acetate, cesium acetate Amyl pentyl ester, 2-ethyl butyl acetate, 2-ethylhexyl acetate, benzyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, decyl cyclohexyl acetate, n-decyl acetate, decyl acetate, acetonitrile Ethyl ester, ethylene glycol monoterpene ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, propylene glycol monoterpene ether , propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, -32- 201229139 propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, acetic acid propyl acetonide, early butyl ether, dipropylene-previous decyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, _ 蛑 ^ ^ - ethylene glycol acetate , acetamidine® oxydiethylenediester, propionate B, ^ 曰 内 & n-butyl ester, isoamyl propionate di , oxalic acid-n-butyl t-hydrazine, sodium cinnamate-n-butyl sulfonate, porphyrin vinegar, butyl acetate-n-butyl acrylate, n-amyl lactate, ritual «, ethyl ethyl ester, phthalic acid-methyl ketone, Diethyl phthalate and the like. : For other aprotic solvents, for example, acetonitrile, di-N'N'N''N'-tetraethyl continuation amine, hexamethylamine, methyl phenanthrene, N-WNWN_~: two, Wn ethyl _, · dimethyl. Bottom listening, ~:: azole, N•methyl_4_piperidone, thiol-2-piperidone 1 methyl-2-° ratio π-butanone, J 3_di-methyl- 2-imidazolidinone, anthracene, 3-ditetrahydro-2(1H)-pyrimidine and the like. The use of organic solvents! _ 夕 ..., proportion and Lu 'reaction solution in the organic solvent accounted for the reaction; the proportion of the total amount of gluten is preferably Xia Wu amount j ~ 9 〇 amount%, more preferably 1 〇 mass% ~ 7 〇 quality%. In the method 2, water added at the time of production of the polyorganosiloxane, °, a gate is intermittently or continuously added to the raw material calcining compound or a solution in which the decane compound is dissolved in the organic core. The catalyst may be previously added to the raw material decane compound or in an organic solvent, in a solution of the ruthenium compound, or dissolved or dispersed in the added water. The reaction temperature is preferably from 1 ° C to loot, more preferably from 15 ° C to 80 ° C. The reaction time is preferably from 5 hours to 24 hours, more preferably from 1 hour to 8 hours. In the method for producing the organoaluminoxane compound (A), when the method 1 or 2 is carried out in the manner of -33 to 201229139, as described above, the polyorganosiloxane compound (A) having the poly(A) fluorene can be obtained. In the case of the production method 3, the polyorganopine obtained as described above is reacted with a carboxylic acid containing a specific carboxylic acid 2 to obtain a polymer (A). In the production method 4 of the polyorganosiloxane compound (A), the polyorganism obtained as described above is further mixed with a polyorganosiloxane compound containing a specific carboxylic acid ruthenium and/or a specific carboxylic acid 2 (A) ). [Reaction of polyorganooxalate precursor (A,) with a slow acid] The specific tickic acid 2 used in the production method 3 is a compound represented by a base and a rear group. The specific carboxylic acid 2 used in the production method 3 has a slow-group compound represented by the following formula (A1-C).
R3'~fR2'l7'Rl'~T]—OH II (A1-C) _上述式(Al_c)中,R丨為亞甲基, 烷基、伸苯基或伸環己&。這些基; 或全部可以被取代。R2為包含雙鍵 :氧原子中的任—的連接基。』 構的基。a為〇或卜 利用環氧基與幾基之間的反應个 _鏈的聚有機矽氧烷上導入作為相" 不的具有介電各向異性的結構。 機石夕氧烧化合物 法而言,採用製 氧烷前質(A’)再 有機矽氧烷化合 •法而言,採用製 矽氧烷前質(A”) .酸反應,能獲得 具有上述式(A1) 言,能列舉有具 原子數2〜3 0的伸 的氫原子的部分 鍵、醚鍵、酯鍵 至少兩個單環結 能容易地在作為 上述式(A1-C)表 -34- 201229139 就特定羧酸2而言,例如能列舉有下述式 (D-1)〜(D-25)表示的化合物等。 r4ch 七 COOH (D-1) R3^Ch2)-〇. R3-〇-(cH2)-COOH (D-2)m ,、 ϊ /=\ -COOH (D-17)R3'~fR2'l7'Rl'~T]-OH II (A1-C) _ In the above formula (Al_c), R丨 is a methylene group, an alkyl group, a phenyl group or a cyclohexene group. These bases; or all of them can be replaced. R2 is a linking group containing a double bond: any of oxygen atoms. The foundation of the structure. a is a ruthenium or a structure having a dielectric anisotropy introduced as a phase of a polyorganosiloxane having a reaction between an epoxy group and a group. In the case of the machine-based oxygen-burning compound method, the oxonane precursor (A') and the organooxane compound method are used, and the oxoxane precursor (A") acid reaction can be obtained. In the formula (A1), a partial bond, an ether bond, or an ester bond having a hydrogen atom having an atomic number of 2 to 30 can be exemplified, and at least two single ring nodes can be easily used as the above formula (A1-C)- For the specific carboxylic acid 2, for example, a compound represented by the following formulas (D-1) to (D-25) can be cited. r4ch Seven COOH (D-1) R3^Ch2)-〇. R3 -〇-(cH2)-COOH (D-2)m ,, ϊ /=\ -COOH (D-17)
-COOH (D-16) R3-0 —Ί~(CH七COOH ( D - 3)R3飞 V~(CH 七 COOH (0-4) R3^^{CH2 COOH (D-5) R3_〇_(CH2)-〇. 0 0 R3 —O—L(cH2)-J—0--COOH (D-16) R3-0 —Ί~(CH7 COOH(D - 3)R3 fly V~(CH VII COOH (0-4) R3^^{CH2 COOH (D-5) R3_〇_ (CH2)-〇. 0 0 R3 —O—L(cH2)-J—0-
o R3-0—L(ch2o R3-0-L (ch2
-COOH (D-18) R3w。分 C00H (D-19)-COOH (D-18) R3w. Minute C00H (D-19)
0II -COOH (D-20) R3 CH-0II -COOH (D-20) R3 CH-
-COOH (D-8) R3 —0-{cH2}^0· -COOH (D-9) R3—(CH 七 O- -COOH (D-21-COOH (D-8) R3 —0-{cH2}^0· -COOH (D-9) R3—(CH 七 O- -COOH (D-21
0 -COOH (D-22〉0 -COOH (D-22>
-COOH ( D - 25 ) R3 —0~(CH2)^—O—^〉—COOH ( D· 12 > r3_=_^Ch2^—〇. COOH (D-13)-COOH ( D - 25 ) R3 —0~(CH2)^—O—^>—COOH ( D· 12 > r3_=_^Ch2^—〇. COOH (D-13)
o oJL r3-o—L(CH2)J—o R3飞 〇 Mch2}J-o -COOH (D-14) R3-—(cH2); COOH (D-15) 上述式(D-1)〜(D-25)中,R3和上述式(A l-C)定義相同 。111為1〜30的整數。 -35- 201229139 就上述式(A2)表示的基而言,例如能列舉有下述式 (E-1)〜(E-123)表示的基。o oJL r3-o-L(CH2)J-o R3 〇Mch2}Jo -COOH (D-14) R3--(cH2); COOH (D-15) The above formula (D-1)~(D- In 25), R3 has the same definition as the above formula (A lC). 111 is an integer of 1 to 30. In the case of the group represented by the above formula (A2), for example, the groups represented by the following formulae (E-1) to (E-123) can be cited.
-36- 201229139-36- 201229139
-37- 201229139-37- 201229139
-38- 201229139-38- 201229139
CN F FCN F F
ξ (e—55>ξ (e-55>
F FF F
39- 20122913939- 201229139
-40- 201229139-40- 201229139
RR
(6-85)(6-85)
RR
(E-86)(E-86)
(E - 87 ) (E-88)(E-87) (E-88)
(E-89) (E-90) (E-91 )(E-89) (E-90) (E-91)
RR
(E - 92 )(E - 92 )
RR
F X X RF X X R
(E-94) (E - 93 )(E-94) (E - 93 )
108) 109) 110 ) 111 ) -41 - 201229139108) 109) 110 ) 111 ) -41 - 201229139
:-112) (E-113) (E-114) •-115) (E-116) ϊ"ΗΟ~ν^_^0^-(ε· 118) (E-119):-112) (E-113) (E-114) •-115) (E-116) ϊ"ΗΟ~ν^_^0^-(ε· 118) (E-119)
•121 :•121 :
(E-122) (E-123) 上述式(E-l)〜(E-123)中,R為碳原子數1〜20的烷基、 或碳原子數1〜20的烷氧基。X各自獨立地是氫原子或氟 原子。 就上述R表示的碳原子數1〜2 0的烧基而言,例如能列 舉有曱基、乙基、丙基、正丁基、異丁基、正戊基、正 己基等,作為碳原子數1〜20的烷氧基,例如能列舉有甲 氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、異丙氧基、丁氧基等。 [特定缓酸的合成方法] 特定羧酸的合成順序沒有特別限製,可以組合目前 習知的方法來進行。就代表的合成順序而言,例如列舉 有:(1)將具有苯酚骨架的化合物和用i素取代了高級脂 肪酸酯的烷基鏈部分的化合物在鹼性條件下反應,笨盼 骨架的羥基和齒素取代的碳形成鍵’然後還原酯,製得 特定羧酸的方法;(2)將具有苯酚骨架的化合物和碳酸乙 烯酯反應’生成末端醇化合物’該羥基與齒代苯磺醯氣 -42- 201229139 反應而活性化’然後該活性化部分與含有羥基的安息香 酸甲酯反應’脫離磺醯基部分的同時,末端醇化合物的 羥基與作為取代基含有羥基的安息香酸甲酯的羥基生成 鍵,接著還原酯’製得特定羧酸的方法等。但是,特定 羧酸的合成方法不限於此。 製造方法3中’可以只使用特定羧酸2作為羧酸,或 在不損害本發明的效果的範圍内使用由下述式(4)表示 的化合物取代特定羧酸的一部分。此時,聚有機矽氧烷 化合物(A)的合成藉由具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷與特 疋叛酸2和下述式(4)表示的化合物的混合物反應來進行 A1-L〇 〜l1 上述式(4)中,A1為碳原子數1〜30的直鏈狀或支鏈狀 的烷基可以用碳原子數1〜20的烷基或烷氧基取代的碳 原子數3 10的每烷基或具有類固醇骨架的碳原子數 1 7〜5 1的烴基。甘a -中’上述烷基和烷氧基的氫原子的部分 或全部可以用氰其 ^ ^ ^ 亂基鼠原子、三氟曱基等取代基取代。 L0為單鍵、〇 ^ % -◦-、-COO-或-OCO-o L1為單鍵、β田 甲基、碳原子數2〜2 0的伸炊基、伸笨 基、伸聯苯基、彳t ρ Α ^ β , 二.± 甲衣己基、亞二锿己基或下述式(ιΛι) 或(L -2)表不的基。 Ζ為能與聚古德^ ,.,..,有枚夕氧烷化合物(Α)中的環氧基反應形 成、纟。合基的1價的有機基。 /、中乙為單鍵時,L0為單鍵。 -43 - 201229139(E-122) (E-123) In the above formula (E-1) to (E-123), R is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. X is each independently a hydrogen atom or a fluorine atom. The alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms represented by the above R may, for example, be a mercapto group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a n-pentyl group or a n-hexyl group as a carbon atom. The alkoxy group of 1 to 20 may, for example, be a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an isopropoxy group or a butoxy group. [Synthesis method of specific acid retardation] The order of synthesis of the specific carboxylic acid is not particularly limited, and it can be carried out by a combination of conventional methods. With respect to the synthetic sequence represented, for example, (1) a compound having a phenol skeleton and a compound in which an alkyl chain moiety of a higher fatty acid ester is substituted with an i-acid are reacted under basic conditions, and the hydroxyl group of the skeleton is unexpectedly observed. And a dentate-substituted carbon forms a bond 'and then reduces the ester to obtain a specific carboxylic acid; (2) reacts a compound having a phenol skeleton with ethylene carbonate to form a terminal alcohol compound, the hydroxyl group and the phenylsulfonate -42- 201229139 Reaction and activation 'The reaction then reacts with the hydroxyl-containing methyl benzoate to remove the sulfonyl moiety, while the hydroxyl group of the terminal alcohol compound and the hydroxyl group of the methyl benzoate as a substituent A method of generating a bond, followed by reduction of the ester to obtain a specific carboxylic acid, and the like. However, the synthesis method of the specific carboxylic acid is not limited to this. In the production method 3, only a specific carboxylic acid 2 may be used as the carboxylic acid, or a part of the specific carboxylic acid may be substituted with a compound represented by the following formula (4) within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention. At this time, the synthesis of the polyorganooxy siloxane compound (A) is carried out by reacting a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group with a mixture of the hydrazine 2 and a compound represented by the following formula (4) to carry out A1-L. 〇~l1 In the above formula (4), A1 is a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms which may be substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or an alkoxy group. a hydrocarbon group having 10 to 7 1 carbon atoms per alkyl group or having a steroid skeleton. A part or all of the hydrogen atom of the above alkyl group and alkoxy group may be substituted with a substituent such as a cyanogen group or a trifluoromethyl group. L0 is a single bond, 〇^%-◦-, -COO- or -OCO-o L1 is a single bond, a β-methyl group, a carbon atom number of 2 to 2 0, a stretching group, a stretching group, a stretching phenyl group, a hydrazine group t ρ Α ^ β , II.± 甲-hexyl, dianylene or a group represented by the following formula (ιΛι) or (L -2). Ζ is formed by reacting with an epoxy group in a compound of argon oxide (Α). A monovalent organic group of a base. /, when the middle B is a single key, L0 is a single key. -43 - 201229139
* ( L1 -1 ) * ( L1 - 2 ) 上述式(L1-:!)和(1^-2)中的帶的結合栽 合0 Z較佳為羧基。 上述式(4)中,作為A 1表示的碳原子數1〜 或支鏈狀的烷基,例如能列舉有曱基、乙基 異丙基、正丁基、第二丁基、第三丁基、正 基丁基、2-甲基丁基、1-甲基丁基、2,2-二甲 己基、4-曱基戊基、3 -甲基戊基、2-甲基戊基 基、3,3-二曱基丁基、2,3-二曱基丁基、1,3-、2,2-二曱基 丁基、1,2-二甲基 丁基、1,2-二 1,]-二曱基丁基、正庚基、5 -曱基己基、4 -甲 甲基己基、2 -甲基己基、1-曱基己基、4,4-二 3,4-二曱基戊基、2,4-二曱基戊基、1,4-二曱3 二曱基戊基、2,3-二曱基戊基、1,3-二曱基点 曱基戊基、1,2-二甲基戊基、1,1-二甲基戊| 曱基丁基、1,3,3'-三曱基丁基、1,2,3-三曱基 基、6-曱基庚基、5-曱基庚基、4-曱基庚基、 、2 -甲基庚基、1-甲基庚基、2 -乙基己基、正 基、正十一烧基、正十二烧基、正十三炫•基 基、正十五烧基、正十六烧基、正十七烧基 分別與Z結 3 0的直鏈狀 '正丙基' 戊基、3-甲 基丙基、正 、1-甲基戊 二曱基丁基 曱基丁基、 基己基、3 -甲基戊基、 k戊基、3,3-基、2,2-二 、、2,3,3-三 丁基、正辛 3-曱基庚基 壬基、正癸 、正十四烧 、正十八烧 -44- 201229139 基、正十九烧基等。 就可以用碳原子數1〜20的烷基或烷氧基取代的碳原 子數3〜1 0的環烷基而言,例如能列舉有環戊基、環己基 、環庚基、環辛基、環壬基、環癸基、環十二烷基等。 作為具有類固醇骨架的碳原子數1 7〜5 1的烴基,例如 能列舉有下述式(H-1)〜(H-3)表示的基。* ( L1 -1 ) * ( L1 - 2 ) The combination of the bands in the above formulae (L1-:!) and (1^-2) is preferably a carboxyl group. In the above formula (4), examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 1 or a branched chain represented by A 1 include a mercapto group, an ethyl isopropyl group, a n-butyl group, a second butyl group, and a third butyl group. Base, n-butyl butyl, 2-methylbutyl, 1-methylbutyl, 2,2-dimethylhexyl, 4-decylpentyl, 3-methylpentyl, 2-methylpentyl, 3,3-dimercaptobutyl, 2,3-dimercaptobutyl, 1,3-, 2,2-dimercaptobutyl, 1,2-dimethylbutyl, 1,2-di 1,]-dimercaptobutyl, n-heptyl, 5-nonylhexyl, 4-methylmethylhexyl, 2-methylhexyl, 1-decylhexyl, 4,4-di 3,4-diindole Pentyl, 2,4-didecylpentyl, 1,4-dioxane, dimercaptopentyl, 2,3-didecylpentyl, 1,3-didecyldecylpentyl, 1 ,2-dimethylpentyl, 1,1-dimethylpentyl |nonylbutyl, 1,3,3'-tridecylbutyl, 1,2,3-tridecyl, 6-fluorene Hepeptyl, 5-decylheptyl, 4-decylheptyl, 2-methylheptyl, 1-methylheptyl, 2-ethylhexyl, n-group, n-decyl, n-xyl Burning base, Zheng Shi Xuan • Keji, Zheng fifteen base, Zhengliuzhu base, Zheng seventeen base Linear 'n-propyl' pentyl, 3-methylpropyl, n-, 1-methylpentadienylbutyl decyl butyl, hexyl hexyl, 3-methylpentyl group with Z-bond 30 , k-pentyl, 3,3-yl, 2,2-di, 2,3,3-tributyl, n-octyl 3-mercaptoheptyl fluorenyl, n-decene, n-tetradecyl, n-eight Burning -44- 201229139 base, positive nineteen base. The cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms which may be substituted with an alkyl group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms may, for example, be a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group or a cyclooctyl group. , cyclodecyl, cyclodecyl, cyclododecyl and the like. The hydrocarbon group having a carbon number of 7 to 5 1 having a steroid skeleton, for example, a group represented by the following formulas (H-1) to (H-3).
就上述式(4)中的A 1而言,較佳係碳原子數1〜20的烷 基、碳原子數1〜20氟化烷基和選自上述式(H-1)或(H-3) 的基。 就上述式(4)表示的化合物而言,較佳係下述式 (4-1)〜(4〜6)表示的化合物。 -45- 201229139With respect to A 1 in the above formula (4), an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a fluorinated alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and the above formula (H-1) or (H- are preferable. 3) The base. The compound represented by the above formula (4) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (4-1) to (4 to 6). -45- 201229139
CuF2u+i CvHZtf — COOH (4-1}CuF2u+i CvHZtf — COOH (4-1}
CwH2w+1——COOH (4-2)CwH2w+1——COOH (4-2)
上述式(4-1)〜(4-6)中,u為1〜5的整數。V為1〜18的整 數。w為1〜20的整數。k為1〜5的整數。p為0或1。q為0〜18 的整數。r為0~18的整數。s和t各自獨立地是0〜2的整數 這些化合物中,更佳係下述式(5-1)〜(5-7)表示的化 合物。 -46 - 201229139In the above formulae (4-1) to (4-6), u is an integer of 1 to 5. V is an integer from 1 to 18. w is an integer from 1 to 20. k is an integer of 1 to 5. p is 0 or 1. q is an integer from 0 to 18. r is an integer from 0 to 18. Each of s and t is independently an integer of 0 to 2, and among these compounds, a compound represented by the following formulas (5-1) to (5-7) is more preferable. -46 - 201229139
上述式(4)表示的化合物是同時與特定羧酸和具有 環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷反應,成為將預傾角顯現性的部 位賦予所得的液晶配向膜的化合物。本說明書中將上述 式(4)表示的化合物稱為下面的“其他預傾角顯現性化合 物”。 本發明中,同時使用特定羧酸和其他預傾角顯現性 化合物時,特定羧酸和其他預傾角顯現性化合物的合計 -47- 201229139 使用比例相對於丨莫耳聚有機矽氧烷具 ’較佳為0.001莫耳〜15莫耳,更佳為 進一步更佳為0.05莫耳〜〇.9莫耳。此時, 性化合物以相對於特定羧酸的合計,彰 下,更佳為50莫耳%以下的範圍來使用 現性化合物的使用比例超過7 5莫耳❶/〇的 的高速反應性產生不利影響的情況。 聚有機矽氧烷前質(A,)和羧酸的反 當的催化劑和適當的有機溶劑的存在下 就聚有機矽氧烷前質(A,)和羧酸的 化劑而言,例如能適合地使用有機鹼, 氧化合物和酸酐反應的所謂的硬化促進 反應的催化劑。就上述有機鹼而言,例 或二級有機胺、三級有機胺、四級有機 就上述硬化促進劑而言,例如能列j 作為有機鹼的三級有機胺)、咪唑衍生物 、四級鱗鹽、二吖雙環鏈烯、有機金屬 級録、金屬画化物、潛在性硬化促進劑 性硬化促進劑等而言,例如能列舉有高 也硬化促進劑(例如胺加成型促進劑等) 眭硬化促進劑、胺鹽型潛在性硬化劑促 型的熱陽離子聚合型潛在性硬化促進劑 就該催化劑的具體例子而言,上$ 胺’例如能列舉有乙胺、二乙胺、呢哄 、。比。各等。 有的環氧基而言 • 01莫耳〜1莫耳, 其他預傾角顯現 【佳為75莫耳%以 。其他預傾角顯 話’會有對液晶 應’較佳係在適 進行。 反應中使用的催 此外用於促進環 劑也可以用作本 如能列舉有一級 胺鹽等。 备有三級胺(除了 、有機碟化合物 化合物、_化四 等。就上述潛在 熔點分散型潛在 、微膠囊型潛在 進劑、高溫解離 等。 一級或二級有機 、派。定、β比洛咬 -48- 201229139 上述三級有機胺,例如能列舉有三乙胺、三正丙胺 、三正丁胺、吡啶、4 -二甲基胺基吡啶、二吖雙環π • — 碳烯等。 上述四級有機胺鹽,例如能列舉有四甲基氫氧化銨 等。 上述三級胺(除了作為有機鹼的三級有機胺),例如 能列舉有苄基二甲胺、2,4,6-參(二甲基胺基甲基)苯酚、 環己基二曱胺、三乙醇胺等。 上述D米唾衍生物,例如能列舉有2 -曱基D米。坐、2 -正 庚基咪α坐、2 -正十一烧基咪α坐、2 -苯基11米。坐、2 -苯基- 4-甲基咪唑、1-苄基-2-曱基咪唑、1-苄基-2-苯基咪唑、1,2-二曱基咪唑、2-乙基-4-曱基咪唑、1-(2-氰基乙基)-2 -甲 基咪唑、1-(2-氰基乙基)-2-正十一烷基咪唑、1-(2-氰基 乙基)-2-苯基咪唑、1-(2-氰基乙基)-2-乙基-4 -曱基咪唑、 2-苯基-4 -曱基-5-羥基曱基咪唑、2-苯基-4,5-二(羥曱基 )咪唑、1-(2-氰基乙基)-2-苯基-4, 5-二〔(2’-氰基乙氧基 )曱基〕咪唑、1-(2-氰基乙基)-2-正十一烷基咪唑鏽偏苯 三酸酯、1-(2-氰基乙基)-2-苯基咪唑鑌偏苯三酸酯、1-(2-氧基乙基)-2 -乙基-4-甲基味峻錄偏苯三酸自旨、2,4-二胺基 -6-〔 2’ -曱基咪唑基-(1,)〕乙基-均三啡、2,4-二胺基-6-(2’-正十一烷基咪唑基)乙基-均三啡、2,4-二胺基-6-〔 2’-乙 基-4’ -曱基咪唑基-(Γ)〕乙基-均三啩、2-甲基咪唑的三 聚異氰酸加成物、2-苯基咪唑的三聚異氰酸加成物、2,4-二胺基-6-〔 2’-曱基咪唑基-(Γ)〕乙基-均三啩的三聚異 氰酸加成物·等。 -49- 201229139 膦 另外,上述有機磷化合物,例如能列舉有二苯 、三苯基膦、亞磷酸三苯酯等。 上述四級鱗鹽’例如能列舉有节基三苯基氣化鱗' 四正丁基演化鱗、甲基三苯基漠化鱗、乙基三苯基淳化 鱗、正丁基二笨基溴化鱗、四苯基溴化鱗、乙基三苯 碘化鱗、乙基三苯基鱗乙酸酯、 本 儿』%鱗〇,〇-二乙某 偶碟連二硫酸自旨、四正丁基鐫苯並三㈣、四正丁基鱗 四氟侧酸醋' 四正丁基鱗四苯基物、四 基硼酸酯等; 尽 上述二。丫雙環鏈烯’例如能列舉有以…丫雙产 [5.4.0]十一碳烯_7、其有機酸鹽等。 又衣 上述有機金屬化合物’例如能列舉有辛酸辞 酸錫、鋁乙醯丙嗣錯合物等。 歸 上述函化四級敍’例如能列舉有四乙基埃化錄、四 正丁基漠錢、四乙基氣化錢、四正丁基氣化敍等。 上述金屬齒化物’例如能列舉有三敦化硼 苯醋之類的硼化合物;氯化鋅、氣化錫等。 .二 士二高:點分散型潛在性硬化促進劑,例如能列兴 有雙氰胺或胺和環氧樹脂的加成物等。 牛 上述::囊型潛在性硬化促進劑,例如能列舉有上 述。米。坐衍生物、有機鱗化合物、四級鱗鹽等硬化 的表面用聚合物覆蓋的潛在性硬化促進劑等。 - 上述高溫解離型的熱陽離子聚合型潛在 劑,例如能列舉有路易斯酸鹽、布忍斯特酸鹽等。匕促進 它們中’較佳係传闲 & 士 係使用四級有機胺鹽或i化四級録。 -50- 201229139 催化劑的使用比例相對 前質(Α,),較佳為〇.0i質量〜Λ〇0貝1份聚有機石夕氧貌 量份〜20質量份。 、乃〇質量份,更佳為〇·】質 就聚有機矽氧烷前質 機溶劑而言,例如能列舉有綱::酸:反應中使用的有 作為該有機溶劑的具體例子而+ -曰、酿胺、醇等。 有Ρ乙鲷、f基異丁酮、 。,上述酮’例如能列舉 等, 土正戊酮、二乙酮、環己酮 醇二τ醚、乙二醇二乙 上述醚,例如能列舉有乙 醚、四氫呋喃、二噚烷等, 上述酯,例如能列舉有乙 酸異戊酿、丙二醇單甲_乙酸r、二乙酸正丁醋、乙 、乳酸乙酯等, 日-甲氧基丁基乙酸酯 上述醯胺,例如能列舉有 Ν,Ν- - ψ Μ 甲醯胺、Ν-曱基甲醢胺、 ,ν 一甲基甲醯胺、^乙基甲醯胺 、乙醯胺、Ν-曱基乙醯胺、Ν ,—乙基甲醯胺 7* ,—曱基乙酿胺、Ν·匕其 乙醯胺、Ν,Ν-二乙基乙醯胺、 女Ν乙基 D々& N ""甲基丙醯胺、Ν -甲其。!(· 嚷啶酮、Ν-甲醯基咮啉、Ν_甲 甲基比 啶、μ 7於苴士 4入了 酿基娘咬、Ν-甲醯基吡咯 定Ν-乙醯基味啉、Ν-乙醯基 各 , Ν -乙酸基II比σ各。定等 上述醇,例如能列舉有 二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙喊 醇單正丁醚、丙二醇單甲鍵 正丙基醚等。 有機溶劑的使用比例, -己醇、4-甲基_2_戊醇、乙 乙一醇單正丙基喊、乙二 丙一醇單乙醚、丙二醇單 就反應溶液中有機溶劑以外 -51 - 201229139 的成分合計質量佔反應溶液的總量的比例而言,較 0.1質量。/〇〜5〇質量%,更佳為5質量%〜5〇質量%。 聚有機石夕氧烷前質(A’)和羧酸的反應較佳 0°C〜200°C、更佳係在5〇t;〜15〇t:的溫度丁,較佳係 0.1小時〜50小時、更佳係進行〇5小時〜2〇小時。 [聚有機石夕氧院前質(A”)與致酸的反應]The compound represented by the above formula (4) is a compound which simultaneously reacts with a specific carboxylic acid and a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group, and imparts a position of a pretilt angle to the obtained liquid crystal alignment film. In the present specification, the compound represented by the above formula (4) is referred to as "other pretilt angle-developing compound" below. In the present invention, when a specific carboxylic acid and other pretilt-developing compounds are used at the same time, the total of the specific carboxylic acid and other pretilt-developing compounds -47-201229139 is used in a ratio relative to the oxime-polyorganosiloxane. It is 0.001 m 2 to 15 m, and more preferably further 0.05 m to 〇.9 m. In this case, it is disadvantageous that the high-speed reactivity of the compound in the range of 50 mol% or less with respect to the specific carboxylic acid is more than 50 mol%, and the use ratio of the present compound exceeds 75 mol/❶. The situation of influence. For example, in the presence of a polyorganooxane precursor (A,) and a reaction catalyst of a carboxylic acid and a suitable organic solvent, for example, a polyorganosiloxane precursor (A,) and a carboxylic acid former, for example, A so-called hardening-promoting catalyst which reacts with an organic base, an oxygen compound and an acid anhydride is suitably used. With respect to the above organic base, examples of the secondary organic amine, tertiary organic amine, and quaternary organic compound, for example, the above-mentioned hardening accelerator, for example, can be classified as a tertiary organic amine of an organic base), an imidazole derivative, and a fourth-order Examples of the scale salt, the diterpene bicyclic olefin, the organometallic grade, the metallized product, and the latent accelerator accelerator hardening accelerator include, for example, a high hardening accelerator (for example, an amine addition accelerator). Hardening accelerator, amine salt type latent hardener-inducing thermal cationic polymerization type latent hardening accelerator For the specific example of the catalyst, the upper amine can be exemplified by ethylamine, diethylamine, ruthenium, . ratio. Each. For some epoxy groups • 01 moles to 1 mole, other pretilt angles appear [good for 75 moles to . Other pretilt angles 'will be better for liquid crystals'. The nucleus used in the reaction can also be used as a promoter to promote the use of a primary amine salt. There are tertiary amines (except, organic dish compound compounds, _ four, etc.. Potential latent melting point potential, microcapsule potential latent agent, high temperature dissociation, etc.. Primary or secondary organic, 派.定,β比洛Bite-48- 201229139 The above tertiary organic amines may, for example, be triethylamine, tri-n-propylamine, tri-n-butylamine, pyridine, 4-dimethylaminopyridine, di-bicyclobicyclo π-carbene, etc. The organic amine salt may, for example, be tetramethylammonium hydroxide or the like. The above tertiary amine (except for the tertiary organic amine as an organic base) may, for example, be benzyldimethylamine or 2,4,6-gin. (dimethylaminomethyl) phenol, cyclohexyldiamine, triethanolamine, etc. The above-mentioned D-salt derivative may, for example, be a 2-mercapto D-m. 2 - Orthodecyl sulphide α, 2-phenyl-phenyl 11 m. Sit, 2-phenyl-4-methylimidazole, 1-benzyl-2-mercaptoimidazole, 1-benzyl-2-benzene Imidazole, 1,2-dimercaptoimidazole, 2-ethyl-4-mercaptoimidazole, 1-(2-cyanoethyl)-2-methylimidazole, 1-(2-cyanoethyl) -2-n-undecylimidazole, 1 -(2-cyanoethyl)-2-phenylimidazole, 1-(2-cyanoethyl)-2-ethyl-4-mercaptoimidazole, 2-phenyl-4-indenyl-5- Hydroxymercaptoimidazole, 2-phenyl-4,5-bis(hydroxyindenyl)imidazole, 1-(2-cyanoethyl)-2-phenyl-4, 5-bis[(2'-cyano) Ethoxy)indenyl]imidazole, 1-(2-cyanoethyl)-2-n-undecylimidazole rust trimellitate, 1-(2-cyanoethyl)-2-phenyl Imidazolium trimellitate, 1-(2-oxyethyl)-2-ethyl-4-methyl succinyl trimellitic acid, 2,4-diamino-6-[ 2 '-Mercapto imidazolyl-(1,)]ethyl-s-trisyl, 2,4-diamino-6-(2'-n-undecylimidazolyl)ethyl-mestramorphine, 2, 4-Diamino-6-[ 2'-ethyl-4'-mercaptoimidazolyl-(fluorene)]ethyl--trimethylidene, 2-methylimidazole trimeric isocyanate adduct, 2 a trimeric isocyanate adduct of phenylimidazole, 2,4-diamino-6-[ 2'-nonylimidazolyl-(indenyl)ethylidene-tris-trimethylene isocyanate Further, the above-mentioned organophosphorus compound may, for example, be diphenyl, triphenylphosphine or triphenylphosphite. The above-mentioned four-stage scale salt may be mentioned. For example, there may be enumerated triphenylated gasification scales, tetra-n-butyl evolution scales, methyl triphenyl desert scales, ethyl triphenylsulfonium scales, n-butyl di-phenyl bromide scales, tetraphenyls. Brominated scale, ethyl triphenyl iodide scale, ethyl triphenyl squarate acetate, 』 』 % 〇 〇 〇 二 二 二 二 二 二 二 二 二 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 Three (four), tetra-n-butyl quaternary tetrafluoro side acid vinegar 'tetra-n-butyl quaternary tetraphenyl, tetra-boryl borate, etc.; The fluorene bicycloalkenene' can be exemplified by a double-production [5.4.0] undecene-7, an organic acid salt thereof or the like. Further, the above-mentioned organometallic compound ', for example, tin octylate or aluminum acetophenone conjugate can be mentioned. For example, the above-mentioned four-stage refinement can be exemplified by tetraethyl amide, tetra-n-butyl alcohol, tetraethyl hydride, tetra-n-butyl hydride, and the like. Examples of the metal toothed material include a boron compound such as tritonated boron benzene vinegar; zinc chloride or vaporized tin. .2 士高高: A point-distributed latent hardening accelerator, such as an adduct having dicyandiamide or an amine and an epoxy resin. Bovine The above:: a cystic latenthardening accelerator, for example, can be mentioned above. Meter. A latent hardening accelerator coated with a polymer such as a derivative, an organic scale compound, or a quaternary scale salt. The above-mentioned high-temperature dissociative thermal cationic polymerization type latent agent may, for example, be a Lewis acid salt or a Bronsted acid salt.匕 Promote the use of quaternary organic amine salts or quaternary four-level records. -50- 201229139 The ratio of use of the catalyst is relative to the precursor (Α,), preferably 〇.0i mass ~ Λ〇 0 shell 1 part polyorganism oxime oxygen content parts by weight ~ 20 parts by mass. In the case of the polyorganooxane precursor solvent, for example, there are some examples: Acid: A specific example of the organic solvent used in the reaction is + - Bismuth, amine, alcohol, etc. There are Ρ 鲷, f-isobutyl ketone, . Examples of the ketone' include, for example, n-n-pentanone, diethyl ketone, cyclohexanol di-diox ether, and ethylene glycol diethylene ether. Examples thereof include diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, and dioxane. For example, isoamyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl acetate, diacetic acid n-butyl vinegar, ethyl acetate, ethyl lactate, etc., and methoxy butyl acetate may be mentioned, for example, hydrazine, hydrazine. - - ψ 醯 醯 醯 Ν 醯 醯 醯 醯 曱 曱 , , , , , , , , , , 曱 曱 曱 曱 曱 曱 曱 曱 曱 曱 曱 曱 曱 曱 曱 曱 曱 曱 曱 曱 曱 曱 曱 曱 曱 曱 — — Indoleamine 7*, fluorenylamine, hydrazine, acetophenone, hydrazine, hydrazine-diethylacetamide, estrone ethyl D々 & N "" Ν - A. ! (· acridone, Ν-methionyl porphyrin, Ν_methylmethyl pyridine, μ 7 in the gentleman 4 into the yoghurt bite, Ν-methyl hydrazinopyrrole 醯-acetyl porphyrin, Ν-Ethyl group, Ν-acetate group II ratio σ. The above alcohols may be exemplified by diol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ketone mono-n-butyl ether, propylene glycol mono-n-propyl n-propyl group. Ether, etc. The proportion of the organic solvent used, - hexanol, 4-methyl-2-pentanol, ethylene glycol mono-n-propyl propyl, ethylene dipropanol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol alone in the reaction solution in the organic solvent - The ratio of the total mass of the components of 51 to 201229139 to the total amount of the reaction solution is 0.1 mass% / 〇 〜 5 5% by mass, more preferably 5% by mass to 5% by mass. Polyorgano oxetane precursor The reaction of (A') with a carboxylic acid is preferably 0 ° C to 200 ° C, more preferably 5 〇 t; 〜 15 〇 t: temperature, preferably 0.1 to 50 hours, more preferably 〇 5 hours to 2 hours. [Polyorganic compound (A") reacts with acid]
Ilia·方去(4)中使用的特定緩酸1為具有含聚合,丨 碳雙鍵的基和羧基的化合物。對於特定羧酸1具有的 合性礙-碳雙鍵的基,與聚有機矽氧烷化合物(A)所 的含聚合性碳-碳雙鍵的基中的上述說明的情況一標 就製造方法4中使用的特定羧酸1而言,例如能 有(甲基)丙烯酸、巴豆酸、α-乙基丙烯酸' α_正丙基 酸、α -正丁基丙烯酸、馬來酸、富馬酸、檸康酸' 富馬酸、衣康酸等,它們中可以選擇一種以上來使 製造方法4中’就羧酸而言可以只使用特定羧g 或和特定羧酸1 一起只使用上述特定羧酸2,或將它 合使用。 本發明中,在不損害本發明效果的範圍内,可 特定羧酸的一部分用上述式(4)表示的化合物取代 用。此時,聚有機矽氧烷化合物(A)的合成是藉由使 環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷與特定羧酸和上述式(4)表 化合物的混合物反應來進行。上述式(4)表示的化合 製造方法3中所示的一樣。 本發明中,同時使用特定羧酸和其他預傾角顯 化合物時,特定缓酸和其他預傾角顯現性化合物的 佳為 係在 進行 生碳- 含聚 具有 〇 列舉 丙烯 曱基 用。 复1, 們結 以將 來使 具有 示的 物與 現性 合計 -52- 201229139 使用比 ,較佳 進一步 性化合 下,更 現性化 的尚速 製 就 氧烧前 更佳為 例相對於1莫耳聚有機矽氧 Λη ΠΛ1^ 乳坑具有的環氧基而言 為0.001莫耳〜丨.5莫耳,更 〜ΐ£々ϋ·〇丨莫耳 更佳為0.05莫耳〜0.9莫耳。此時, 、 物;π # + b盼,其他預傾角顯現 物相對於特定叛酸的合計,^圭係The specific slow acid 1 used in Ilia to (4) is a compound having a group containing a polymerized, fluorene double bond and a carboxyl group. The above description of the group of the polymerizable carbon-carbon double bond of the polyorganosiloxane compound (A) is the same as the case of the above-described description of the group of the carbon-carbon double bond of the polyorganosiloxane compound (A). For the specific carboxylic acid 1 used in 4, for example, (meth)acrylic acid, crotonic acid, α-ethylacrylic acid 'α-n-propyl acid, α-n-butylacrylic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid can be used. , citraconic acid, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, etc., one or more of which may be selected in the production method 4, 'in the case of a carboxylic acid, only a specific carboxy group g or a specific carboxylic acid 1 may be used together with the above specific carboxylic acid. Acid 2, or use it together. In the present invention, a part of the specific carboxylic acid may be substituted with the compound represented by the above formula (4) insofar as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. In this case, the synthesis of the polyorganosiloxane compound (A) is carried out by reacting an epoxy group-containing polyorganosiloxane with a mixture of a specific carboxylic acid and a compound of the above formula (4). The compound represented by the above formula (4) is the same as that shown in the production method 3. In the present invention, when a specific carboxylic acid and other pretilt compound are used at the same time, it is preferred that the specific slow acid and other pretilt-developing compounds are used for carbon-based polymerization and have a propylene-based propylene group. Compound 1, we will use the ratio of the present and the present in the future -52-201229139, the ratio is better, and the more current system is better than the previous one. The ear polyorganism 矽 Λ ΠΛ ^ 1 ^ 乳 具有 具有 具有 具有 具有 具有 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001 At this time, the object; π # + b hope, the total of other pretilt angles relative to the specific tickic acid, ^
佳係以50莫耳%以下的範圍使 、〇U 人鉍认社 用 其他預傾角顯 口物的使用比例超過75莫耳。 ^ ^ 〜’會有對液晶 反應性產生不利影響的情況。 造方法4中各羧酸的適合使 ^ ^ AA A 优用比例分別表示如下。 竣馱的合計使用比例而言,相 t rA,Ma ^ 相對於1莫耳聚有機矽 資(A )具有的環氧基,較佳Αλ ^ 0 9替κ 杈佳為0.1莫耳〜0.9莫耳, 0·2莫耳〜〇·7莫耳,進一步 又佳為0.3莫耳〜0.5莫耳 佳二=酸1的使用比例而言,相對於全…,較 1為50莫耳/〇以上, 〇 9。莫耳%以上。 Κ以上,進-步更佳為 ^^酸2的使用比例而言,相對於全㈣酸,較 佳為5莫心耳ί 3°莫耳%,進-步更 除了 It::4中聚有機石夕氧烧前f (Α”)與錄酸的反應 和機嫩前質(Α”)和上述繞酸以外,可以 法3中作為聚有機矽氧烷前質(Α,)與羧酸的反 應中所述的一樣來實施。 。如上所述,能獲得本發明的聚有機嫩化合物⑷ 液晶配向劑㈧中’除了上述聚有機彻化合物 -53- 201229139 (A)等以外,也可以含有聚有機矽氧烷化合物(A)以外的 聚合物(下面,稱為“其他聚合物,,)作為[A]聚合物成分。 [其他聚合物] 其他聚合物可以;^ τ e i , « 冰、 马了進一步改善液晶配向劑(Α)的 ’合,特性和所得的液晶顯示元件的電特性而使用。就其 :物而口例如旎列舉有由聚醯胺酸和聚醯亞胺構 、的群,-且中選出的至少一種聚合物(聚合物⑻);由下述 式⑷)表示的聚有機矽氧烷、其水解產物和其水解產物 的縮合物構成的群組中選出的至少一種(下面,也稱為“ ”他來有機矽氧烷),聚醯胺酸酯、聚酯、聚醯胺、纖 素衍生物聚縮醛、聚笨乙烯衍生物、聚(苯乙烯苯 基馬來醯亞胺)衍生物、聚(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。In the range of 50% or less, the use rate of other pretilt angles is more than 75 m. ^ ^ 〜' may have an adverse effect on the reactivity of the liquid crystal. The suitable ratio of each of the carboxylic acids in Process 4 is such that the preferred ratios of ^ A A A are as follows. In terms of the total proportion of use of ruthenium, the phase t rA, Ma ^ is preferably an epoxy group having a molar concentration of 1 mole of organic oxime (A), preferably Αλ ^ 0 9 for κ 杈 preferably 0.1 mole to 0.9 mole Ear, 0·2 Moer~〇·7 Moar, further preferably 0.3 Mo Er~0.5 Mo Er Jia 2=Acid 1 in terms of the proportion of use, relative to the whole..., more than 50 Mohr/〇 , 〇 9. More than Mole. Κ Above, the step-by-step ratio is better for the use ratio of the acid 2, compared to the total (tetra) acid, preferably 5 moles of ί 3° mol%, and further steps in addition to the It::4 poly organic In addition to the acid reaction and the precursor of the precursor (Α) and the above-mentioned acid bypass, it can be used as the polyorganooxane precursor (Α,) and carboxylic acid in It is carried out as described in the reaction. . As described above, the polyorganic compound (4) liquid crystal alignment agent (VIII) of the present invention can be obtained, except for the above polyorgano compound-53-201229139 (A) or the like, which may contain a polyorganosiloxane compound (A). Polymer (hereinafter, referred to as "other polymer,") as [A] polymer component. [Other polymers] Other polymers can be; ^ τ ei , « Ice, horse has further improved liquid crystal alignment agent (Α) The combination, the characteristics, and the electrical characteristics of the obtained liquid crystal display element are used. In terms of the substance, the group is exemplified by a group consisting of polylysine and polyimine, and at least one selected from the group consisting of (Polymer (8)); at least one selected from the group consisting of polyorganooxane represented by the following formula (4)), a hydrolyzate thereof, and a condensate of the hydrolyzate thereof (hereinafter, also referred to as "" Phenanthracene, polyphthalate, polyester, polyamine, fibrin derivative polyacetal, polystyrene derivative, poly(styrene phenylmaleimide) derivative, poly(A) Base) acrylate and the like.
XAXA
I (a1)I (a1)
Si — ΟSi — Ο
I ΥΑ 上述式(al)中,χΑ為羥基、鹵素原子碳原子數1〜 的烷基、碳原子數1〜6的烷氧基或碳原子數6〜2〇的芳基。 γΑ為羥基或碳原子數1〜1 〇的烷氧基。 [聚合物(Β)] 聚合物(Β)是由聚醯胺酸和聚醯亞胺構成的群組中 選出的至少一種聚合物。下面,詳細說明聚醯胺酸、聚 醯亞胺。 [聚醯胺酸] 聚酿胺酸是藉由四緩酸二肝和二胺化合物反應來獲 -54- 201229139 得的。 就四羧酸二酐而言,例如能列舉有 另月3肪族四羧酸二 if、脂壞式四緩酸一針、芳香族四叛酸_紅* —-听專。這些四 羧酸二酐可以單獨使用或兩種以上組合。 一 例如能列舉有四丁酸 就脂肪族四羧酸二酐而言 酐等。 就脂環式四羧酸二酐而言,例如能列 月匕列舉有1,2,3,4-環 丁烷四甲酸二酐' 2,3,5-三羧基環戊基乙酸- 产 畋—酐、l,3,3a,4 ’ 5,9b-六風-5-(四氣-2,5_二氧·3十南基)_蔡並⑴ 呋喃-1,3-二酮、l,3,3a,4,5,9b-六氫-8-曱基 _5_(四氫 _2 5 二氧-3-呋喃基)-萘並n,2_c]呋喃_l53_二鲷、3氧1雙環 [3.2.1]辛-2,4-二酮-6-螺 _3’-(四氫 σ夫喃 _2,5,_ _ , —* Srj ) ^ 5-(2,5-二氧四氫·3_呋喃基)_3-曱基·3_環己烯],2·二羧酸 酐、3,5,6-三羧基-2-鲮曱基降冰片烷_2:3,5:6—二酐、 2,4,6,8-四羧基雙環[3·3 〇]辛·2:4,6:8 二酐、4,9_二 玉衣[5.3.1.02勹十一 _3,5 8,1〇·四酮等。 … 二酐:方香族四羧酸二酐而言’例如能列舉有苯均四酸 酸二酐i此外還有曰本特願2〇1〇_97188號中記載的四羧 佳係^ ~四綾酸二酐中,較佳係脂環式四羧酸二酐,更 酸^ Μ,5·三緩基環戊基乙酸二酐或丨,2,3,4-環丁烷四曱 夂一軒’特佳係2,3,5_三羧基環戊基乙酸二酐。 田祕尤2,3,5_二羧基環戊基乙酸二酐或1,2,3,4-環丁烷四 1 〇莫耳。、使用$而言,相對於全部四羧酸二酐較佳為 、耳%以上,更佳為20莫耳%以上,特佳只由2,3 5三 -55- 201229139 叛基環戊基乙酸二軒或以认環丁烧四甲酸 就二胺化合物而言’例如能列舉有脂肪族成。 這也 環式二胺、二胺基有機石夕氧烷、芳香族 …旨 胺化合物可以單獨使用+ 司埂用或兩種以上組合使 就脂肪族二胺而士 m 胺 ° ’例如能列舉有間二甲茇 1,3 -丙二月女、丁二胺、 — 了本 ^ —胺、己二胺等。 就脂環式二胺而士 。’例如能列舉有1 4_ _ & 烷、4,4,-亞曱基雙(環 ,一胺基環己 。 己月〇、Μ.雙(胺基甲基)環己垸等 就二胺基有機矽急 %坑而言,例如能列蛊 胺基丙基)-四曱基二 有L3-雙(3- 夕氧貌寺,此外還古π 2009-97 1 88號中記載的_ 疋有日本特願 4 —胺0 就方香知一胺而令 二胺基二苯基甲烷、七4 基萘、2,2’-二曱基 _4,4、_ 雙(三氟甲基)聯苯 。,例如能列舉有對笨二胺、4,4,· 丨女基一苯基硫喊、1,5 - & —胺基聯笨、4,4’-二胺基_2,2,_ , 7 -—胺基芴、4,4’-二胺其-贫w 醚、2,2-雙[4-(4_胺基笨 胺基一本基 苯基)苟、2,2-雙[4_(4,氧基Λ本^丙院、9,9_雙(4-胺基 雙⑷胺基笨基)六d+苯基]六貌丙一 二(苯胺)、4,4,-(間伸/其、一4,4-(對伸苯基二異伸丙幻 (4-胺基苯氧基)苯、44,"^異伸丙基)一(苯胺)、丨,4,雙 装 ’又(4-胺基苯氧基)聯苯、2,6-二 胺基。比π疋、3,4 -二胺其· 其 啶、2,4 -二胺基嘧啶、3,6 -二胺 基吖啶、3,6-二胺基咔 牧 r * w - λ. 上〜〜甲基义石-二胺基咔唑'… 雙(4-胺基苯基)·聯苯 本基_3,6’—胺基°卡。坐、Ν,Ν、 如' Ν,Ν’-雙(4-胺基苯基)_Ν,Ν,_二 56- .201229139 甲基聯苯胺、1,4-雙-(4-胺基苯基)-哌畊、3,5-二胺基安息 香酸、十·一酿氧基-2,4 -二胺基苯、十四酿氧基_2 4 -二胺 基苯、十五醯氧基-2,4 -二胺基苯、十六醯氧基_2,4 -二胺 基本、十八酿乳基-2,4 -二胺基苯、十二酿氧基_2,5 -二胺 基苯、十四醯氧基-2,5-二胺基苯、十五醯氧基_2,5-二胺 基本、十六酿氧基-2,5 -二胺基苯、十八酸氧基_2,5 -二胺 基苯、膽留烷氧基-3,5-二胺基苯、膽留烯氧基_3,5_二胺 基苯、膽留烷氧基-2,4-二胺基苯、膽留烯氧基-2,4_二胺 基苯、3,5-二胺基安息香酸膽留烷基、3,5_二胺基安息香 酸膽留烯基、3,5-二胺基安息香酸羊毛留烷基、3,6_雙(4_ 胺基苯甲醯氧基)膽崔烷、3,6-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)膽甾烷 、4-(4 -二氟曱氧基苯曱醯氧基)環己基_3,5二胺基苯甲 酸酯、4-(4’-三氟甲基苯甲醯氡基)環己基_3,5•二胺基苯 甲酸酯、1,1-雙(4-((胺基苯基)曱基)苯基)_4_ 丁基環己烷 、1,1-雙(4-((胺基苯基)甲基)苯基)_4_庚基環己烷、 雙(4-((胺基苯氧基)曱基)苯基)·4_庚基環己烷、丨,丨雙 (4-((胺基苯基)曱基)苯基)·4_(4_庚基環己基)環己烷、 2,4-二胺基-Ν,Ν-二稀丙基苯胺、4-胺基苄胺、3-胺基苄 胺和下述式(Α-1)表示的二胺化合物等。I ΥΑ In the above formula (al), hydrazine is a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms of a halogen atom, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or an aryl group having 6 to 2 carbon atoms. Α Α is a hydroxyl group or an alkoxy group having 1 to 1 ring of carbon atoms. [Polymer] The polymer (Β) is at least one polymer selected from the group consisting of polyproline and polyimine. Hereinafter, poly-proline and polyimine will be described in detail. [Polyuric acid] Polylactoic acid is obtained by reacting four acid-lowering di-hepatic and diamine compounds to obtain -54-201229139. In the case of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride, for example, another month 3 aliphatic tetracarboxylic acid di if, lipoic tetracarboxylic acid di-needle, aromatic tetra-rebel acid _ red *--specific. These tetracarboxylic dianhydrides may be used singly or in combination of two or more. For example, tetrabutyric acid, an aliphatic tetracarboxylic dianhydride, an anhydride or the like can be mentioned. In the case of an alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydride, for example, 1,2,3,4-cyclobutanetetracarboxylic dianhydride 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid - calving is listed. - Anhydride, l, 3, 3a, 4 ' 5, 9b - hexa-5-(tetraki-2,5-dioxan3 trinyl)_cai(1) furan-1,3-dione, l ,3,3a,4,5,9b-hexahydro-8-fluorenyl_5_(tetrahydro-2 5 dioxy-3-furanyl)-naphthoquinone n,2_c]furan_l53_dioxene, 3 oxygen 1 bicyclo[3.2.1]octyl-2,4-dione-6-spiro_3'-(tetrahydro-sigma-2,5,_ _ , —* Srj ) ^ 5-(2,5-di Oxytetrahydro-3-(furanyl)_3-mercapto-3_cyclohexene], 2·dicarboxylic anhydride, 3,5,6-tricarboxy-2-indenylnorbornane_2:3,5 :6-dianhydride, 2,4,6,8-tetracarboxybicyclo[3·3 〇]xin·2:4,6:8 dianhydride, 4,9_二玉衣[5.3.1.02勹十一_ 3,5 8,1〇·tetraketone, etc. The dianhydride: the sulphur tetracarboxylic dianhydride, for example, can be exemplified by the pyromellitic acid dianhydride, and the tetracarboxylic acid system described in the Japanese Patent Application No. 2〇1〇_97188. Among the tetradecanoic acid dianhydrides, preferred are alicyclic tetracarboxylic dianhydrides, more acidic oximes, 5.3 tris-cyclohexyl pentyl acetic dianhydride or hydrazine, 2,3,4-cyclobutane tetraindole Yixuan 'Special's 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride. Tian Mi is especially 2,3,5-dicarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride or 1,2,3,4-cyclobutane tetra 1 oxime. For the use of $, it is preferably more than or equal to or less than 20% by mole based on the total of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride, and particularly preferably only 2,3 5 3 - 55 - 201229139 ridylcyclopentyl acetic acid In the case of a diamine compound, it is exemplified by an aliphatic form. In this case, the cyclic diamine, the diamine organic oxalate, and the aromatic amine compound may be used alone or in combination with two or more kinds to give an aliphatic diamine and an amine. Dimethyl hydrazine 1,3 - propylene February female, butyl diamine, - this amine - hexamethylene diamine. In the case of alicyclic diamines. 'For example, there may be mentioned 1 4_ _ & alkane, 4,4,-arylene di(cyclo), monoaminocyclohexyl. Hexamethyl, hydrazine, bis(aminomethyl)cyclohexane, etc. For example, in the case of an organic 矽 % % pit, for example, 能 蛊 丙基 ) ) ) ) ) ) 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- 3- , , There is a Japanese wish 4 - amine 0 to make a diamine diphenylmethane, hepta-4, naphthyl, 2,2'-diindenyl 4,4, bis (trifluoromethyl) Biphenyl. For example, it can be exemplified by p-diamine, 4,4, niece-phenylthio, 1,5- &-amino-phenyl, 4,4'-diamino-2, 2, _, 7--amino hydrazine, 4,4'-diamine-depleted w ether, 2,2-bis[4-(4-aminophenylamino-phenyl) hydrazine, 2, 2-bis[4_(4, oxo oxime, propylene, 9,9-bis(4-aminobis(4)aminophenyl)hexa-phenyl]hexa-propionate (aniline), 4,4 ,-(Intermediate stretch/its, a 4,4-(p-phenylene diisopropanyl (4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 44,"^isopropyl)-(aniline), anthracene , 4, double-loaded '(4-aminophenoxy)biphenyl, 2,6-diamino group. π疋, 3,4-diamine, its pyridine, 2,4-diaminopyrimidine, 3,6-diamino acridine, 3,6-diamine 咔 r r * w - λ. Methyl smectite-diaminocarbazole '... bis(4-aminophenyl)-biphenyl _3,6'-amino-based card. Sit, Ν, Ν, such as 'Ν, Ν'- Bis(4-Aminophenyl)_Ν,Ν,_二56- .201229139 Methyl benzidine, 1,4-bis-(4-aminophenyl)-piped, 3,5-diamino benzoin Acid, hexanyloxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, tetradecyloxy-2- 4-diaminobenzene, fifteen decyloxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, hexadecane Oxy-2,4-diamine basic, octadecyl-2,4-diaminobenzene, dodecaoxy-2,5-diaminobenzene, tetradecyloxy-2,5 -diaminobenzene, fifteen decyloxy-2,5-diamine basic, hexadecyloxy-2,5-diaminobenzene, octadecyloxy-2,5-diaminobenzene, Bile alkoxy-3,5-diaminobenzene, cholestyloxy-3,5-diaminobenzene, cholestyloxy-2,4-diaminobenzene, cholestyloxy -2,4-diaminobenzene, 3,5-diaminobenzoic acid choline, 3,5-diaminobenzoic acid choline, 3,5-diamine rest Aromatic acid wool, alkyl, 3,6-bis(4-aminobenzylideneoxy)cholestane, 3,6-bis(4-aminophenoxy)cholestane, 4-(4-di Fluoromethoxyphenoxyoxy)cyclohexyl_3,5-diaminobenzoate, 4-(4'-trifluoromethylbenzylidene)cyclohexyl_3,5•diamine Benzoate, 1,1-bis(4-((aminophenyl)indenyl)phenyl)-4-4-butylcyclohexane, 1,1-bis(4-((aminophenyl)methyl) Phenyl)_4_heptylcyclohexane, bis(4-((aminophenoxy)indolyl)phenyl)·4-heptylcyclohexane, hydrazine, hydrazine bis (4-((amino) Phenyl) indenyl)phenyl)·4_(4_heptylcyclohexyl)cyclohexane, 2,4-diamino-indole, indole-dipropylpropylaniline, 4-aminobenzylamine, 3- Aminobenzylamine and a diamine compound represented by the following formula (Α-1).
\ CtHa+i (A -1 ) J s 上述式(A-l)中,又8是亞甲基、碳原子數2或3的伸烷 基、-〇-、-COO-或- OCO-。r為〇或1。s為0〜2的整數。t 為1〜20的整數。 -57- 201229139 供給到聚醯 化合物的使用比 ,較磋係四羧酸 0.3當量〜1.2當量 合成反應較 為-20°C 〜150°C, 小時〜2 4小時,j 就有機溶劑 溶劑,沒有特別 (NMP)、N,N-二 二曱基咪唑啉酮 六曱基磷醯三醯 盼、苯紛、鹵化 就有機溶劑 二胺化合物的链 (a + b)而言,較士 %〜30質量%。 反應後得到 向劑(A)的製備今 胺酸後供給於液 聚醯胺酸精製後 醯胺酸的分離方 劑中,得到的析 壓餾出反應溶液 ,能列舉有將分 而言,只要是能溶解合成的聚醯胺 限製,例如能列舉有1甲基_2__ 甲基乙酿胺、N,N-二曱基甲醯胺、 、二曱基亞砜、γ-丁内酯、四甲基 胺酸的合成反應中的四羧酸二酐和 例相對於1當量二胺化合物所含的 二酐的酸酐基為0.2當量〜2去b ^ 二田,置,更 佳係在有機溶劑中進行。反應溫度 更佳為〇°C〜100°c。反應時間較佳& L佳為2小時〜1 2小時。 胺等非質子類極性溶劑;間甲紛、 苯酚等笨酚類溶劑。 的使用量(a)而言’相對於四竣酸二 量(b)和有機溶劑的使用量(^的 t為0.1質量%〜50質量%,更佳為、 的聚酿胺酸溶液,可以直接給於液 r ’也可以先分離反應溶液中所含的 晶配向劑(A)的製備中,還可以將分 供給於液晶配向劑(A)的製備中。作 法’例如將反應溶液注入到大量不 出物在減壓下乾燥的方法、用蒸發 的方法等。就聚醯胺酸的精製方法 離後的聚醯胺酸再溶解於有機溶劑 二胺 胺基 佳為 較佳 為0.5 酸的 啶酉同 Ν,Ν- 腺、 二曱 酐和 合計 質量 晶配 聚醯 離的 為聚 良溶 器减 而言 中, -58- 201229139 用不良溶劑析出的方法、用 進行一次或重複進行數次的 [聚醯亞胺] 热發器減壓餾屮古Jd4 ^ 嗎出有機溶劑等 方法。 聚 構脫水 聚醯胺 化物, 酸結構 就 聚醯胺 溶解於 催化劑 聚醢胺 就 更佳為 應不能 釅兑胺可以藉 nr :一眾醯胺酸具有的酿胺酸結 閉%、醯亞胺化來製造。聚醯亞胺可以是: 酸具有的醯胺酸結構全 八月 ,p脫水閉裱的完全醯亞胺 也可以只是醯胺酸結構的一卹八阶 ^ ^ 苒的部分脫水閉環、醯胺 和醯亞胺環結構並存的部分醯亞胺化物。 聚酿亞胺的合成方法而令 。 例如忐列舉有(i)加熱 酉:的方法(下面,稱為“方法⑴”)、U〇將聚醯胺酸 機溶劑中’在該溶液中添加脫水劑和脫水閉環 ,根據需要加熱的方法(下面,稱為“方法(ii)”)等 酸的脫水閉環反應的方法。 方法(i)中的反應溫度而言,較佳為5 〇。〇〜2 〇 〇, 60 C〜170 C。反應溫度不到50°C的話,脫水閉環反 充分進行,反應溫度超過200。(:的話,得到的聚醯 亞胺的刀子墨會降低。作為反應時間,較佳為0.5小時〜48 小時,更佳為2小時〜20小時。 方法(i) t得到的聚醯亞胺可以直接供給於液晶配向 劑(A)的製備中;也可以先分離聚醯亞胺再供給於液晶配 向劑(A)的製備中;或在精製分離後的聚醯亞胺之後或在 精製彳于到的聚醯亞胺之後再供給於液晶配向劑(A)的製 備中。 就方法(ii)中的脫水劑而言,例如能列舉有乙酸酐、 丙酸酐、三氟乙酸酐等酸酐。 -59- 201229139 就脫水劑的使用量而言,可以根據期望的醯亞胺化 率來適當選擇,但是相對於丨莫耳聚醯胺酸的醯胺酸結構 ,較佳為0.01莫耳〜20莫耳。 就方法(11)中的脫水閉環催化劑而言,例如能列舉有 吡啶、三曱吡啶、二曱吡啶、三乙胺等。 就脫水閉環催化劑的使用量而言,相對於1莫耳含有 的脫水劑,較佳為0.01莫耳〜1〇莫耳。另外,上述脫水劑 和脫水閉環劑的含量越多,可以使醯亞胺化率越高。 就方法(i i)中使用的有機溶劑而言,例如能列舉與在 聚醯胺酸的合成中也使用的有機溶劑一樣的有機溶劑等 〇 就方法(11)中的反應溫度而言,較佳為〇。〇〜18〇它, 更佳為10°C〜150°c。就反應時間而言,較佳為0.5小時〜20 小時,更佳為1小時〜8小時。將反應條件控製在上述範圍 内,脫水閉環反應能充分地進行,此外,所得的聚醯亞 胺的分子量能最佳化。 方法(U)令得到含有聚醯亞胺的反應溶液。該反應溶 液可以直接供給於液晶配向劑(A)的製備中,也可以從反 應溶液除去脫水劑和脫水閉環催化劑後再供給於液晶配 向劑(A)的製備中,或者分離聚醯亞胺後再供給於液晶配 向劑(A)的製備中,或精製分離後的聚醯亞胺後再供給於 液SB配向劑(A)的製備令。就從反應溶液除去脫水劑和脫 水閉環催化劑的方法而言,例如能列舉有溶劑置換的方 法等。就聚醯亞胺的分離方法和精製方法而言,例如有 和聚醯胺酸的分離方法和精製方法中列舉的一樣的方法 -60- 201229139 等。 [其他聚有機石夕氧院] 、液晶配向劑(A)除了聚有機矽氧烷化合物(a)以外也 1 3 &聚有機_氧院。其他聚有機梦氧炫較佳係 由上述式(5)表示的聚有機石夕氧烷、其水解產物和其水解 產物的縮合物構成的群組中選出的至少一種。另外,當 液B曰配向d (A)含有其他聚有機矽氧烷時,其他聚有機矽 氧烷的大部分可以與聚有機矽氧烷化合物(a)獨立地存 在,也可以其一部分以與聚有機矽氧烷化合物(A)的縮合 物而存在。 上述式(5)中的X1和γΐ能列舉有: 就碳原子數1〜20的烷基而言,例如有曱基、乙烏 正丙基、正丁基、正戊基、正己基、正庚基、正辛:、 正壬基、正癸基、正月桂基、正十二烷基、正十三烷基 、正十四烷基、正十五烷基、正十六烷基、正十七:: 正十八烧基、正十九烧基、正二十烧基等. 就碳原子數1〜16的烷氧基而言,例如有甲氧某、 氧基等; ' '乙 就碳原子數6〜20的芳基而言,例如能列舉有苯基等 其他聚有機石夕氧炫’例如可以藉由較佳係在合適 有機溶劑中’在水和催化劑的存在下水解赤 < 的 A 解·縮合由 燒氧基石夕烧化合物和函化石夕烧化合物構成的群組 的至少一種矽烧化合物(下面’稱為“原料矽户 來合成。 ^,} -61 - 201229139 就能在這裏使用的原料矽烷化合物而t 舉有四甲氧基矽烧、四乙氧基矽烷、四正声 四異丙氧基矽烷、四正丁氧基矽烷、四第二 四第二丁氧基石夕烧等四烧氧基矽燒;四萄 二甲氧基矽烷、曱基三乙氧基矽烷等曱基三 ’甲基二苯氧基矽烧等甲基三芳基氧基矽孩 石夕烧;乙基三甲氧基矽烷等乙基三烷氧基每 甲氧基矽烷、苯基三乙氧基矽烷等笨基三賴 笨基三氣矽烷;二甲基二曱氧基矽烷、二曱 石夕院等二甲基二烷氧基矽烷;二甲基二氣衫 曱氧基矽烷、三甲基乙氧基矽烷等三甲基娱 三曱基氣矽烷等。它們中’較佳係四曱氧基 氧基矽烷、甲基三曱氧基矽烷、甲基三乙氧 基三甲氧基矽烷、苯基三乙氧基矽燒、二曱 矽烷、二甲基二乙氧基矽烷、三甲基曱氧基 基乙氧基矽烷。 合成其他聚有機矽氧烷時,能任意使) ,例如能列舉有醇化合物、酮化合物、酿^ 化合物或其他非質子性化合物。這些化合^ 合物可以單獨使用或兩種以上組合使用。 就醇化合物而言,例如能列舉有: 曱醇、乙醇、正丙醇、異丙醇、正丁丨 第二丁醇、第三丁醇等單醇化合物; 乙二醇、1,2_丙二醇、1,3-丁二醇、戊 曱基戊二醇_2,4、己二醇-2,5、庚二醇_2,4 •,例如能列 丨氧基梦炫*、 -丁氧基矽烷 ^矽烷;甲基 -烷氧基矽烷 >,甲基三乳 r烷;苯基三 :氧基矽烷; '基二乙氧基 '烷;三甲基 :氧基矽烷; l矽烷、四乙 4基矽烷、苯 '基二曱氧基 ;矽烷、三曱 丨的有機溶劑 ^化合物或6旨 7和各溶劑化 〖、異丁醇、 二醇- 2,4、2- ' 2_乙基己二 -62- .201229139 醇-1,3、二乙二醇、二丙二醇、三乙二醇、三丙二醇等 多價醇化合物; 乙二醇單曱醚、乙二醇單乙醚、乙二醇單丙醚、乙 二醇單丁醚、乙二醇單己醚、乙二醇單苯醚、乙二醇單 -2 -乙丁醚、二乙二醇單曱醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二 醇單丙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、二乙二醇單己醚、丙二醇 單曱醚、丙二醇單乙醚、丙二醇單丙醚、丙二醇單丁醚 、二丙二醇單曱醚、二丙二醇單乙醚、二丙二醇單丙醚 等多價醇化合物的部分醚等。 就酮化合物而言,例如能列舉有丙酮、甲乙酮、甲 基-正丙酮、曱基-正丁酮等單酮化合物;乙醯丙酮、2,4-己二酮、2,4-庚二酮、3,5-庚二酮、2,4-辛二酮等0-二酮 化合物等。 就上述醯胺化合物而言,例如能列舉有曱醯胺、N-曱基曱醯胺、Ν,Ν-二曱基曱醯胺、乙醯胺、N-甲基乙醯 胺、Ν,Ν-二甲基乙醯胺、Ν-乙基乙醯胺、Ν,Ν-二乙基乙 醯胺、Ν-曱醯基吡咯啶、Ν-乙醯基味啉、Ν-乙醯基哌啶 、Ν-乙醯基吡咯啶等。 就自旨化合物而言,例如能列舉有碳酸二乙醋、碳_酸 乙烯酯、碳酸丙烯酯、碳酸二乙酯、碳酸曱酯、乙酸乙 酯、γ-丁内酯、γ-戊内酯、乙酸正丙酯、乙酸異丙酯、乙 酸正丁酯、乙酸異丁酯、乙酸第二丁酯、乙酸正戊酯、 乙酸第二戊酯、乙酸3 -曱氧基丁基酯、乙酸曱基戊酯、 乙酸2-乙基丁酯、乙酸2-乙基己酯、乙酸苄酯、乙酸環 己酯、乙酸曱基環己酯、乙酸正壬酯、乙醯碳酸曱酯、 -63- 乙醯乙酸乙酯、 乙酸乙二贿tm 、乙酸二乙二 b 一醇早甲犍、乙 &早甲醚、r m 乙二醇單乙酗 乙二醇單正丁μ 乙酸二乙二醆薛7 ^ „ 鰣、乙醆丙-醆„ 一知皁乙麵、乙酸- 醚、乙醆丙二醇遛 醇早甲鍵、乙酸兩 一一 %早丙醚、r缺 知兩二醇單厂 一醇單歹醚、乙 -文丙二醇單 乙酸二丙-齡DD 醚、乙酸 酸甲氧基三乙_ 知早乙鱗、二—丙 戊铲每——酯酯、内酸乙酽-乙馱乙二酯、乙 戊自曰、卓酸二乙 酗、丙酸正丁酯、工 酉旨、乳酸正丁gt ^、草酸二正丁嗤、乳酸 丙酸異 甲酸二田 乳酸正戊賴、而旨、乳酸乙 -甲酯、鄰苯二甲酸 t -酸二乙騎、鄰苯二 砘其他非質子性化 ·θ 4。 I基亞硬、Ν,Ν,Ν,,Ν,·四° ,例如能列舉有乙腈、 -1胺、心甲基⑽ 基磺酿胺、六甲| °比°各琳、N-甲美广 基%。各、心乙基。比嘻、Ν甲Α χτ 甲基哌啶、Ν 7甘 土 G分Ν-甲基-Δ3- '甲基咪口坐、Ν_甲基 ^底。定、Ν,Ν-二甲基娘听、 甲基〜〜、UV⑼、小甲基_2_…、Ν_ 四氣〈(1办嘴。定_等。基~2'味哇琳酮、1,3-二曱基 '、多元醇化合物的部::溶劑:’特佳為多元醇化合 就合成其他聚右Μ . 或醏化合物。 =於原料碎燒化合物具::院時,使用的水量而言,相 、耳,較佳為〇·〇丨草且、、烷氧基和鹵素原子的總量1 耳,進-牛$ 、〜100莫耳,更佳為0.1莫耳〜3〇莫 進步更佳為1莫耳M 斗30莫 說处 、 .:> 冥耳。 ,例如At °成其他聚有機石夕氧烧時使用的催化劑而* 1 J如能列舉有金屬螯人鉍 ⑷向。 、氨、 屬蝥σ物、有機酸、無機酸、有機鹼 鹼金屬化合物等。 就上述金屬螯合物 而5 ’例如能列舉有三乙氧基· -64 - 201229139 單(乙醯丙酮酸)鈇等二 。 一 寻—坟•乳基•早(乙酿丙酮酸)鈦;二乙 氧基•雙(乙醯丙酮酸)鈦等二烷氧基•雙(乙醯丙酮酸)鈦 土 •參(乙醯丙酮酸)鈦等單烷氧基•參(乙醯丙酮 Μ鈦’肆(乙醯丙_酸)鈦;三乙氧基•單(乙基乙醯乙酸) 鈦等三烷氧基.單(乙基乙醯乙酸)鈦;^乙氧基·雙(乙基 乙醯乙酸)鈦#二烧氧基•雙(乙&乙酿乙酸)欽;單乙氧基 •參(乙基乙醯乙酸)鈦等單烷氧基•參(乙基乙醯乙酸)鈦 (土乙醯乙®文)鈦,單(乙醯丙酮酸)參(乙基乙醯乙 酸)鈦二雙(乙醯丙酮酸)雙(乙基乙醯乙酸)鈦、參(乙醯丙 酮s夂)單(乙基乙醯乙酸)鈦等兩種以上的含有螯合配體的 鈦化合物等鈦螯合物; 三乙氧基•單(乙醯丙酮酸)鍅等三烷氧基•單(乙醯丙 酮ι)釔,一乙氧基•雙(乙醯丙_酸)鍅等二烷氧基•雙( 乙醯丙剩酸)錯;單乙氧基•參(乙酿丙㈣)錯等單烧氧基 •三(乙醯两酮酸)鍅;肆(乙醯丙酮酸)锆;三乙氧某•單( 乙基乙醯乙酸)錯等三烧氧基.單(乙基乙醢乙酸)錯1二乙 氧乙醯乙酸m等二燒氧基·雙(乙基乙酿乙酸 )錯;皁乙氧基·參(乙基乙醯乙酸)錯等單烧氧基·來(乙基 乙醯乙酸)錯;肆(乙基乙醯乙酸)錯;單(乙醯丙酮酸)參( 乙基乙酿乙酸)錯、雙(乙醯丙_酸)雙(乙基乙醯乙酸)錄 、參(乙醯丙酮酸)單(乙基乙醯乙酸)鍅等兩種以上含有螯 合配體的錯化合物等錯螯合物; 參(乙醯丙酮酸)!呂、參(乙基乙酿乙酸)紹等㈣合物 等。 就上述有機酸而言 例如月t列舉有甲酸、乙酸、丙 -65 - 201229139 酉义4脂肪族飽和羧酸;丙二酸、& 跆舻· k^ 田馬酉欠專脂肪族不飽和 羧鲅,水杨酸、安息香酸、鄰笨二 #甲笑石生缺 w *放雄- τ 0义寺方香族羧酸; 曱了…酸“香族續酸;單 … =酸等含…緩酸;摔樣酸、酒石酸等-氣乙 酸 氫氟酸、磷酸等。 有-紅、硝酸、硫 就上述有機鹼而言,例如 啩 。比略。定、…曱…、°比… 醇胺、二乙醇胺、二曱基單乙醇胺、:甲:乙胺、單乙 三乙醇胺、二〇丫雙環辛烧、 早甲基二乙醇胺、 一碳烯、四甲基錄氫氧化物^雙環二。丫雙環十 就上述鹼金屬化合物而言, 、氫氧化鉀、氫氧化鋇、氫氧化α旎列舉有氫氧化鈉 單獨使用或兩種以上組合使用b鈣等。這些催化劑可以 酸 這些催化劑令,較佳為金 就金屬螯合物而言, a物、有機酸、無機 A& JL· 4致聲合必7 催化劑的使用量相對於 :物。 ,較佳為0.001質量份〜1〇質旦、里伤原料矽烷化合物 質量份。 貝里份’更佳為〇·〇〇】質量份〜! 催化劑可以預先添 溶劑中溶解了以化合物的:::燒化合物中或在有機 添加的水尹。 、之尹’或著:交斗、、 考^合解或分散到 在合成其他聚有機 連續地添加到原料以化合::添加的水可以間斷地或 石夕烧化合物的溶液中。 中或在有機溶劑中溶解了 -66 - 201229139 。作為合成其他聚有機矽氡烷時的反應溫度,較佳為 〇 c〜loo c,更佳為15t>8(rc。反應時間較佳為〇」小時 〜24小時’更佳為1小時〜8小時。 瓦八液晶配向劑(A)含有聚有機矽氧烷化合物(A)和其他 聚合物時’就其他聚合物的含量而言,相對於1〇〇質量份 聚有機矽氧烷化合物(A),較佳為10,000質量份以下。其 K S物更佳的含量根據其他聚合物的種類而不同。 液aa配向劑(A)含有聚有機石夕氧烧化合物(A)和聚合 1 勿(B)犄,作為兩者較佳的使用比例,相對於1 00質量份 聚=機矽氧烷化合物(A),聚合物(B)的合計量較佳為1〇〇 質里伤〜5,000質量份,更佳為200質量份〜3,000質量份。 另方面’液晶配向劑(A)含有聚有機矽氧烷化合物 ()矛八他來有機石夕氧燒時,兩者較佳的使用比例相對於 份聚有機矽氧烷化合物(A)而言作為其他聚有 所夕氧烷的里通㊉為5質量份〜2, 質量份,較佳為⑺〇 質量份〜2,〇〇〇質量份。 液晶配向劑(A)含有聚有機矽氧烷化合物(A)和其他 ^ σ物夺作為其他聚合物,較佳係聚合物(β)、或其他 聚有機矽氧烷。 <其他成分> 、液晶配向劑(Α)在不損害本發明效果的範圍内,也可 乂 3有硬化劑、硬化催化劑、硬化促進劑、在分子内具 有至少一個環氣暮沾,, 衣乳土的化合物(下面,稱為“環氧化合物”) 、官能性矽烷化合物、界面活性劑等i他成分。 [硬化劑、硬化催化劑和硬化促進劑] -67- XT ) Υ 201229139 硬化劑和硬化催仆 隹化劑為了使聚有機矽氧烧 (A)的交聯反應更牢固 的目的而可包含在液晶配 中。硬化促進劑為了你、& 足進硬化劑司職的硬化反應 而可包含在液晶配向劑(A)中。 就硬化劑而言,可 j以使用具有環氧基的硬化 物、或包含有環氧基的彳μ人此1 匕5物的硬化性組成物的 通常使用的硬化劑。轴、 尤廷樣的硬化劑而言,例如 有夕凡胺、多元羧酸軒、多元綾酸。 就多價羧酸酐而t‘ At 知甘从夕 〇 例如能列舉有環己烷三 和其他多元缓酸酐。 就環己烷三羧酴 __ q •义酐而& ,例如能列舉有 丄 二曱酸-3 己俨12λ ’ —、環己烷.US-三羧酸-3,5 ,4 ψ A _,_酸酐等。就其他多元羧酸 例如4-甲基四氫鄰 _ 、+_陵网本一曱鲅酐、甲基降冰片稀 酸軒、偏苯三酸酐、下:二:、馬來酸" 的合成中通常佶田示的化合物、聚 又τ通;ji使用的 _ 別羅勒稀等具有妓▲ 此外還有α·松 _斯· &彳& # 5 /、厄雙鍵的脂環式化合物和馬來 Γ反應產物和它們的加氫產物等。 (6) 上述式(6) φ X為1~20的整數。 作為硬化催 Μ,例如能列舉有六氟化海 化合物 向劑(Α) ,的目的 ,性化合 硬化中 能列舉 .羧酸酐 環己烷 -酐、環 奸而言 二酸g干 笨二曱 醯胺酸 油稀、 酸酐狄 合物、 -68- 201229139 、氟化碟化5物、二乙醯丙酮酸鋁等。這些催化劑可以 是藉由加熱催化環氧基的陽離子聚合。 就上述硬化促進劑而言,例如能列舉有咪唑化合物 •’四級鱗化合物;四級胺化合物;以二σ丫雙環[5 口以] 十-碳烯-7或其有機酸鹽等二吖雙環烯;辛酸辞、辛酸 ::紹::丙_錯合物等有機金屬化合物;三說化爛、 基相化合物;氯化鋅、氯化錫等金屬“物 丄雙㈣、胺和環氧樹脂的加成物等胺加成型促 冋熔點分散型潛在性硬化促進劑;四級鱗鹽等: 合物覆蓋的微膠囊型潛在性 ^ Α 硬化促進劑: 鹽型潛在性 進齊!,路易斯酸鹽、布忍斯特酸鹽等 的熱陽離子聚合型潛在性硬化促進劑等。 [環氧化合物] 從k鬲形成的液晶配向膜對基 ,可以右乂曰 &犋對基板表面的黏接性考慮 丄=夜日日配向劑(A)中含有上述環氧化合物。 疣嶮氧化合物而言’較佳係乙二 _ 、聚乙-c S予一縮水甘油基醚 队g 一醇二縮水甘油基醚、 三丙二醢 ^ % —細水甘油基醚、 新戊二龄_ 畔一縮水甘油基醚、 、甘::::水甘油基謎、A己二醇二縮水甘油基驗 基鱗、「二甘油基醚、2,2·二漠新戍二醇二縮水甘油 ,3,5,6-四縮水甘油基·2,4_己二 四縮水甘,丄话 ^ ,Ν’,Ν’_ &甘油基_間二曱笨二胺、_ 胺基甲A、m 又縮水甘油基 土)%己烷、Ν,Ν,Ν’,Ν,-四縮水甘 二茉其田a 甘’由暴-4,4’-二胺基 土甲烷、N,N,-二縮水甘油基-苄胺、 油臭下胺 N,N-二縮水令 油基基曱基環己烷。 1卜π -69- 201229139 當液晶配向劑(A)含有環氧化合物時,其含量比例相 對於上述[A]聚有機矽氧烷化合物和任意使用的其他聚 5物的合汁1〇〇質量份而言,較佳為質量份〜質量 份’更佳為0.1質量份〜3〇質量份。 另外,液晶配向劑(A)含有環氧化合物時,為了使該 交聯反應更有效率,可以併用丨_苄基甲基咪唑等鹼催 化劑。 [官能性矽烷化合物] 官能性矽烷化合物可以為了提高獲得的液晶配向膜 與基板的黏接性而使用。就官能性矽烷化合物而言,例 如能列舉有3_胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3胺基丙基三乙 氧基矽烷、2-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、2_胺基丙基三乙 氧基矽烷、N-(2-胺基乙基)-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、 N-(2 -胺基乙基)_3_胺基丙基甲基二甲氧基石夕烧、%脲基 丙基三甲氧基矽烷、3-脲基丙基三乙氧基石夕烧、N_乙氧 基幾基-3-胺基丙基三曱氧基矽烷、N_乙氧基羰基_3_胺基 丙基二乙氧基矽烷、N-三乙氧基甲矽烷基丙基三亞乙基 二胺、N -三甲氧基曱矽烧基丙基三亞乙基三胺、1〇·三曱 氧基甲石夕烧基_1,4,7 -三氮雜癸燒、ι〇_三乙氧基曱石夕炫基 -1,4,7-三氮雜癸烷、9-三甲氧基甲矽烷基_3,6_二氮雜壬 基乙酸酯、9-三乙氧基甲矽烷基-3,6_二氮雜壬基6酸酯 、N -节基-3-胺基丙基三曱氧基矽烷、N_节基_3胺基丙基 二乙氧基矽烷、N-苯基-3-胺基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、N-苯 基-3-胺基丙基三乙氧基矽烷、1雙(氧化乙烯基)_3•胺基 丙基三甲氧基矽烷、Ν·雙(氧化乙烯基)_3_胺基丙基三乙 -70- 201229139 氧基、3-環氧丙氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、4产 環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷等, ,-衣氧基\ CtHa+i (A -1 ) J s In the above formula (A-1), 8 is a methylene group, an alkylene group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms, -〇-, -COO- or -OCO-. r is 〇 or 1. s is an integer from 0 to 2. t is an integer from 1 to 20. -57- 201229139 The ratio of use to the polyfluorene compound is more than 0.3 equivalents to 1.2 equivalents of the tetracarboxylic acid. The synthesis reaction is -20 ° C ~ 150 ° C, hours ~ 2 4 hours, j on the organic solvent solvent, no special (NMP), N,N-di-decyl imidazolidinone hexamethylenephosphonium triazine, benzene, halogenated in terms of organic solvent diamine compound chain (a + b), compared with % to 30 mass %. After the reaction, the preparation of the reagent (A) is supplied to the separation reagent of the proline acid after the purification of the liquid polyamine, and the obtained pressure-evaporating reaction solution can be enumerated as long as it is The polyamine limit which can be dissolved and synthesized, for example, may be exemplified by 1 methyl 2__methylethylamine, N,N-dimercaptocarbamide, dimercaptosulfoxide, γ-butyrolactone, and tetramethyl The tetracarboxylic dianhydride in the synthesis reaction of the basic acid and the anhydride group of the dianhydride contained in the equivalent of the equivalent of the diamine compound are 0.2 equivalents to 2, b, and are preferably in an organic solvent. get on. The reaction temperature is more preferably 〇 ° C to 100 ° C. The reaction time is preferably & L is preferably from 2 hours to 12 hours. An aprotic polar solvent such as an amine; a phenolic solvent such as a phenol or a phenol. The amount of use (a) is 'relative to the amount of tetradecanoic acid (b) and the amount of the organic solvent (the t of the compound is from 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably, the poly-branched acid solution can be used The liquid solution r' may be directly supplied to the preparation of the crystal alignment agent (A) contained in the reaction solution, or may be supplied to the preparation of the liquid crystal alignment agent (A). For example, the reaction solution is injected into the solution. a method of drying a large amount of unexhausted material under reduced pressure, a method of evaporating, etc. The method for purifying poly-proline is redissolved in the organic solvent, and the diamine amine group is preferably 0.5 acid.酉 酉 Ν Ν Ν - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - [Polyimide] hair dryer, vacuum distillation, ancient Jd4 ^, organic solvent, etc. Polymerization dehydration polyamidamine, acid structure is better for polyamido dissolved in the catalyst polyamine The ruthenium amine can be borrowed from nr: a group of lysine醯, 醯 imidization to manufacture. Polyimine can be: acid has a proline structure throughout August, p dehydration closed 醯 醯 醯 裱 也 也 也 也 也 也 也 也 也 也 也 ^ ^ ^ Partial dehydration ring closure of hydrazine, partial ruthenium imide of guanamine and ruthenium ring structure. The method of synthesizing styrene is exemplified by (i) heating 酉: (hereinafter, referred to as " Method (1)"), U〇 in a polyglycine machine solvent 'adding a dehydrating agent to the solution and dehydrating ring closure, heating according to the need (hereinafter, referred to as "method (ii)"), etc. In the method (i), the reaction temperature is preferably 5 〇. 〇~2 〇〇, 60 C to 170 C. When the reaction temperature is less than 50 ° C, the dehydration ring closure is sufficiently performed, and the reaction temperature exceeds 200. (:, the obtained knife ink of the polyimide may be lowered. As the reaction time, it is preferably 0.5 hours to 48 hours, more preferably 2 hours to 20 hours. Method (i) The amine can be directly supplied to the preparation of the liquid crystal alignment agent (A); Separating the polyimine and supplying it to the preparation of the liquid crystal alignment agent (A); or supplying the liquid crystal alignment agent (A) after refining the separated polyimine or after purifying the polyimine In the preparation of the dehydrating agent in the method (ii), for example, an acid anhydride such as acetic anhydride, propionic anhydride or trifluoroacetic anhydride may be mentioned. -59- 201229139 As far as the amount of the dehydrating agent used is concerned, it may be desired The ruthenium imidization ratio is appropriately selected, but is preferably 0.01 mol to 20 mol with respect to the guanamine structure of the oxime polyamine. For the dehydration ring-closing catalyst in the method (11), for example Examples thereof include pyridine, triazole pyridine, dipyridyl pyridine, and triethylamine. The amount of the dehydration ring-closing catalyst to be used is preferably 0.01 mol to 1 mol with respect to 1 mol of the dehydrating agent. Further, the more the content of the above dehydrating agent and the dehydration ring-clogging agent, the higher the ruthenium iodide ratio. The organic solvent used in the method (ii) may, for example, be an organic solvent similar to the organic solvent used in the synthesis of polyamic acid, and the reaction temperature in the method (11) is preferred. Why? 〇 ~ 18 〇 it, more preferably 10 ° C ~ 150 ° c. In terms of reaction time, it is preferably from 0.5 to 20 hours, more preferably from 1 to 8 hours. When the reaction conditions are controlled within the above range, the dehydration ring-closure reaction can be sufficiently carried out, and the molecular weight of the obtained polyimine can be optimized. The method (U) gives a reaction solution containing a polyimine. The reaction solution may be directly supplied to the preparation of the liquid crystal alignment agent (A), or may be supplied to the liquid crystal alignment agent (A) after the dehydration agent and the dehydration ring closure catalyst are removed from the reaction solution, or after the separation of the polyimine. Further, it is supplied to the preparation of the liquid crystal alignment agent (A), or after the separation of the separated polyimine, and then the preparation of the liquid SB alignment agent (A). The method for removing the dehydrating agent and the dehydration ring-closing catalyst from the reaction solution may, for example, be a solvent replacement method or the like. The separation method and the purification method of the polyimine are, for example, the same as those listed in the separation method and the purification method of poly-proline. -60-201229139 and the like. [Other polyorganisms] The liquid crystal alignment agent (A) is also a polyorganosiloxane compound (a) in addition to the polyorganosiloxane compound (a). The other polyorganocene oxime is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of polyorganooxane represented by the above formula (5), a hydrolyzate thereof, and a condensate of a hydrolyzate thereof. Further, when the liquid B 曰 alignment d (A) contains another polyorganosiloxane, most of the other polyorganosiloxane may be present independently of the polyorganosiloxane compound (a), or a part thereof may be The condensate of the polyorganosiloxane compound (A) is present. Examples of X1 and γΐ in the above formula (5) include: an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, for example, an anthracenyl group, an ethyl propylidene group, a n-butyl group, a n-pentyl group, a n-hexyl group, and a positive group. Heptyl, n-octyl:, n-decyl, n-decyl, n-lauryl, n-dodecyl, n-tridecyl, n-tetradecyl, n-pentadecyl, n-hexadecyl, positive 17:: The octadecanthyl group, the n-xyl group, the decyl group, etc.. For the alkoxy group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms, for example, there are methoxy, oxy, etc.; With respect to the aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, for example, other polyorganocenes such as a phenyl group can be exemplified, for example, by hydrolyzing red in the presence of water and a catalyst, preferably in a suitable organic solvent. < A solution · condensation of at least one calcined compound of the group consisting of an alkoxylated compound and a fossilized compound (hereinafter referred to as "raw material to be synthesized. ^,} -61 - 201229139 The raw material decane compound which can be used here is t-tetramethoxy oxime, tetraethoxy decane, tetra-n-iso-isopropoxy decane, tetra-n-butoxy a non-alkoxy group such as decane, tetra-second, second butoxide, or the like; a fluorenyl tris-methyldiphenoxy oxime, etc., such as tetradoxane or decyltriethoxydecane. Methyl triaryloxy sulfonium; ethyl trimethoxy oxane such as ethyl trialkoxy permethoxy decane, phenyl triethoxy decane, etc.; Dimethyl dialkoxy decane such as methyl dimethoxy decane, Ershi Shi Xi Yuan; trimethyl phthalic trimethyl sulfoxide such as dimethyl dioxin, trimethyl ethoxy decane矽 等 etc. Among them, 'preferably tetramethoxy methoxy decane, methyl trimethoxy decane, methyl triethoxy trimethoxy decane, phenyl triethoxy oxime, dioxane, two Methyl diethoxy decane, trimethyl methoxy ethoxy decane. When synthesizing other polyorganosiloxanes, any of them can be exemplified, for example, an alcohol compound, a ketone compound, a brewing compound or other non- A protic compound. These compounds may be used singly or in combination of two or more. Examples are: monool compounds such as decyl alcohol, ethanol, n-propanol, isopropanol, n-butyl hydrazine, butanol, and third butanol; ethylene glycol, 1,2-propylene glycol, and 1,3-butanediol , pentamidine pentanediol 2,4, hexanediol-2,5, heptanediol_2,4 •, for example, fluorenyloxy oxo*, -butoxy decane decane; methyl- Alkoxydecane>, methyltrilacole; phenyltrimethoxysilane; 'diethoxyethoxy' alkane; trimethyl: oxydecane; l decane, tetraethyl 4-decane, benzene' a bis-oxooxy group; a decane, a triterpene organic solvent compound or a solvate, an isobutanol, a diol-2,4,2-'2-ethylhexan-62-. 201229139 Alcohol-1,3, diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tripropylene glycol and other polyvalent alcohol compounds; ethylene glycol monoterpene ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene Alcohol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol monohexyl ether, ethylene glycol monophenyl ether, ethylene glycol mono-2-ethylene diether ether, diethylene glycol monoterpene ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol single Propyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monohexyl ether, propylene glycol monoterpene ether, C Partial ethers of polyhydric alcohol such compounds glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monopropyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether Yue, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monopropyl ether and the like. Examples of the ketone compound include monoketone compounds such as acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl-n-propanone, and decyl-n-butanone; acetamidine acetone, 2,4-hexanedione, and 2,4-heptanedione. And a 0-diketone compound such as 3,5-heptanedione or 2,4-octanedione. Examples of the above guanamine compound include decylamine, N-mercaptodecylamine, hydrazine, decyl-didecyl decylamine, acetamide, N-methylacetamide, hydrazine, hydrazine. - dimethyl acetamide, hydrazine-ethyl acetamide, hydrazine, hydrazine-diethyl acetamide, hydrazine-hydrazinopyrrolidinium, hydrazine-ethenyl porphyrin, hydrazine-ethinylpiperidine , Ν-acetylpyrrolidine and the like. Examples of the self-acting compound include diethyl carbonate, carbonic acid vinyl ester, propylene carbonate, diethyl carbonate, decyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, γ-butyrolactone, and γ-valerolactone. , n-propyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, second butyl acetate, n-amyl acetate, second amyl acetate, 3-methoxy butyl acetate, cesium acetate Amyl pentyl ester, 2-ethyl butyl acetate, 2-ethylhexyl acetate, benzyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, decyl cyclohexyl acetate, n-decyl acetate, decyl acetate, -63- Ethyl acetate, ethyl acetate, tm, acetic acid, diethylene b-alcohol, early formazan, B & early methyl ether, rm ethylene glycol, monoethylene glycol, mono-n-butyl, acetic acid, diethyl hydrazine 7 ^ „ 鲥, 醆 醆 醆 - 醆 „ 一 皂 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 、 Ethyl ether, ethyl propylene glycol monoacetate dipropylene-age DD ether, acetic acid methoxy triethyl _ 知早乙鳞, di-propane shovel per ester ester, internal acid acetamidine , Ethyl pentoxide, Diethyl hydrazine, n-butyl propionate, 酉 酉, lactic acid n-butyl gt ^, di-n-butyl oxalate, lactic acid propionate, di- lactic acid, valerate, lactic acid B-methyl ester, t-acid diethylene phthalate, ortho-benzoquinone other aprotic θ 4 . I Keya hard, Ν, Ν, Ν, Ν, · four °, for example, can be listed as acetonitrile, -1 amine, heart methyl (10) sulfonamide, hexamethyl | ° ratio ° Lin, N-A Mei Guang base%. Each, heart ethyl.嘻,嘻甲Α χτ methyl piperidine, Ν7 甘土 G Ν-methyl-Δ3- 'methyl propyl mouth, Ν _ methyl ^ bottom. Ding, Ν, Ν-dimethyl mother listening, methyl ~ ~, UV (9), small methyl 2 _ ..., Ν _ four gas < (1 mouth. Ding _ et al. base ~ 2 'weivalin, 1, 3-Dimercapto', part of the polyol compound:: Solvent: 'Specially for the synthesis of polyols to synthesize other poly-right oxime. Or bismuth compound. = In the case of raw material pulverized compound:: In the hospital, the amount of water used Words, phases, ears, preferably 〇·〇丨草和, alkoxy and halogen atoms, the total amount of 1 ear, into - cattle $, ~ 100 moles, more preferably 0.1 moles ~ 3 〇 Mo progress More preferably, it is 1 mole of M bucket 30, and::> 耳耳. For example, At ° is used as a catalyst for other polyorganisms. * 1 J can be listed as metal chelated 铋 (4) , ammonia, 蝥σ, organic acid, inorganic acid, organic alkali metal compound, etc.. For the above metal chelate, 5 ' can be exemplified by triethoxy · -64 - 201229139 mono (acetylpyruvate)鈇等二. One seek-tomb; milk base • early (ethyl pyruvate) titanium; diethoxy bis (acetyl acetonate) titanium and other dialkoxy • bis (acetyl acetonate) titanium • ginseng (acetonitrile pyruvate) titanium and other monoalkoxy • ginseng (acetonitrile, ruthenium, titanium, ruthenium, acetophenone, acid, titanium, triethoxy, mono (ethyl acetoacetate), titanium, etc. Oxy. mono(ethylacetamidineacetic acid) titanium; ethoxylated bis(ethylacetamidineacetic acid) titanium #二烧氧•double (B&ethyl acetate); monoethoxyl (Ethylacetamidineacetic acid) monoalkoxy such as titanium, hexanylacetate, titanium, acetoacetate Titanium chelate such as titanium compound containing chelating ligand, such as bis(ethylpyruvylacetate) bis(ethylacetamidineacetic acid) titanium, ginseng (acetamidine s oxime) mono(ethylacetamidineacetic acid) titanium a trialkoxy-mono(ethylpyruvylpyruvate) oxime, such as a trialkoxy, a mono(acetonitrile oxime) oxime, an ethoxy group, a bis(ethyl acetopropionate) oxime, etc. • double (ethyl acetonitrile) acid; monoethoxy • ginseng (ethyl propylene (iv)) wrong mono-alkoxy • tris(acetyl ketone) lanthanum; cerium (acetyl acetonate) zirconium; Ethoxy/mono (ethyl acetoacetate), etc., three alkoxy groups. Single (B) Acetylacetate) 1 ethoxylated acetic acid m, etc., di-oxygenated oxy, bis(ethyl ethanoacetic acid), syl ethoxy, ginseng (ethyl ethanoacetic acid), etc. (ethyl acetoacetate) wrong; 肆 (ethyl acetonitrile acetic acid) wrong; single (acetyl acetonate) ginseng (ethyl ethyl styrene acetate) wrong, bis (ethyl acetoacetate) bis (ethyl acetamidine) Acetic acid), ginseng (acetyl acetonate) mono (ethyl acetoacetate) hydrazine and other two or more compounds containing chelating ligands, such as chelating ligands; ginseng (pyruvate); Ethyl ethyl styrene acetate, etc. (tetra), etc. For the above organic acid, for example, formic acid, acetic acid, C-65 - 201229139 酉 4 aliphatic saturated carboxylic acid; malonic acid, & · k^ Tian Ma酉 owed to the special aliphatic unsaturated carboxy oxime, salicylic acid, benzoic acid, neighboring stupid two #甲笑石生缺w * 放雄- τ 0 Yisi Fangxiang carboxylic acid; 曱 ... acid The fragrant family continues to acid; single... = acid and so on... slow acid; drop acid, tartaric acid, etc. - gas acetic acid hydrofluoric acid, phosphoric acid, etc. There are - red, nitric acid, sulfur. For the above organic base, for example, hydrazine. Billion. 、,...曱...,° ratio... Alcoholamine, Diethanolamine, Dimercaptomonoethanolamine, A: Ethylamine, Monoethyltriethanolamine, Dioxetane, Early Methyldiethanolamine, Monocarbene, IV Methyl chloride hydroxide ^bicyclic two.丫双环十 In the above-mentioned alkali metal compound, potassium hydroxide, cesium hydroxide, and ruthenium hydroxide are exemplified by sodium hydroxide alone or in combination of two or more. These catalysts can be used in the presence of these catalysts, preferably in the case of gold metal chelates, in which the amount of a, organic, and inorganic A&JL·4 is equivalent to that of the catalyst. Preferably, it is 0.001 parts by mass of the oxime denier, and the raw material decane compound is part by mass. Berry's 'better for 〇·〇〇】Quality ~! The catalyst may be preliminarily added to the solvent: dissolved in the compound::: or in the organically added water. , 尹 尹 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或 或Dissolved in -66 - 201229139 in organic solvents. The reaction temperature at the time of synthesizing other polyorganodecane is preferably 〇c~loo c, more preferably 15t>8 (rc. The reaction time is preferably 〇"~24 hours" more preferably 1 hour~8 When the liquid crystal alignment agent (A) contains the polyorganosiloxane compound (A) and other polymers, the amount of the other polymer is relative to 1 part by mass of the polyorganosiloxane compound (A). It is preferably 10,000 parts by mass or less. The content of the KS is more preferably different depending on the type of other polymers. The liquid aa alignment agent (A) contains a polyorgano oxy-oxygen compound (A) and a polymerization 1 (B)犄, as a preferred ratio of use of the two, the total amount of the polymer (B) is preferably 1 〇〇 里 〜 5,000 5,000 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the poly- oxane compound (A). More preferably, it is 200 parts by mass to 3,000 parts by mass. In addition, the liquid crystal alignment agent (A) contains a polyorganosiloxane compound (), and the preferred ratio of the two is used when the organic solvent is used. 5 times as the other polyoxyxane relative to the polyorganosiloxane compound (A) Parts to 2 parts by mass, preferably (7) parts by mass to 2 parts by mass. The liquid crystal alignment agent (A) contains a polyorganosiloxane compound (A) and other materials as other polymers. It is preferably a polymer (β) or another polyorganosiloxane. <Other components>, a liquid crystal alignment agent (Α) may also have a hardener or a hardening catalyst within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention. And a hardening accelerator, at least one ring gas in the molecule, a compound of the latex (hereinafter referred to as "epoxy compound"), a functional decane compound, a surfactant, etc. , hardening catalyst and hardening accelerator] -67- XT ) Υ 201229139 The curing agent and the hardening agent may be included in the liquid crystal in order to make the crosslinking reaction of the polyorganooxygen (A) stronger. The hardening accelerator may be included in the liquid crystal alignment agent (A) for the hardening reaction of you, & As the hardener, a hardener which is usually used as a hardenable material having an epoxy group or a hardening composition containing an epoxy group. For the shaft and the yut-like hardener, for example, there are oxime amine, polycarboxylic acid hydrazine, and polybasic citric acid. In the case of a polyvalent carboxylic acid anhydride, t'At is known as Cyclohexane III and other polybasic slow anhydrides. In the case of cyclohexane tricarboxylate __ q • phthalic anhydride, for example, decanoic acid-3 hexanyl 12λ ' —, cyclohexane. US-tricarboxylic acid-3,5 ,4 ψ A can be cited. _, _ anhydride, etc. In the synthesis of other polycarboxylic acids such as 4-methyltetrahydroortho- _, _ ling net phthalic anhydride, methyl norbornic acid diacid, trimellitic anhydride, lower: two: maleic acid " The compound of the field, the poly- τ tong; the _ used by the _ 罗 罗 稀 稀 妓 妓 此外 此外 此外 此外 此外 此外 此外 此外 此外 此外 此外 此外 此外 此外 此外 此外 此外 此外 此外 此外 此外 此外 此外 此外 此外 此外 此外 此外 此外 此外 此外 此外 此外 此外 此外The reaction products of hydrazine and their hydrogenated products and the like. (6) The above formula (6) φ X is an integer of 1 to 20. For example, the hexafluoride hydrate compound can be exemplified as a hardening sputum, and the carboxylic acid anhydride cyclohexane-anhydride and cyclamate can be exemplified. Amino acid oil thin, anhydride diide, -68-201229139, fluorinated disc 5, diethylpyruvate aluminum, and the like. These catalysts may be cationically polymerized by heating a catalytic epoxy group. Examples of the hardening accelerator include, for example, an imidazole compound, a 'quaternary scaly compound, a quaternary amine compound, and a di-sigma-bicyclo[5-ported] deca-carbene-7 or an organic acid salt thereof. Bicycloolefin; octanoic acid, octanoic acid:: Shao:: organometallic compound such as C-compound; three said oxidized, base phase compound; zinc chloride, tin chloride and other metals "material bismuth (tetra), amine and epoxy Resin adducts and other amine-added pro-melting-point-dispersion latent hardening accelerators; quaternary scale salts, etc.: microcapsule-type potentials covered by compound Α hardening accelerator: salt type potential integration!, Louis A thermal cationic polymerization type latent curing accelerator such as an acid salt or a cloth succinate. [Epoxy compound] A liquid crystal alignment film formed from k 对 can be bonded to the surface of the substrate by right 乂曰 amp amp Sexual considerations 丄=Night day aligning agent (A) contains the above epoxy compound. For the oxime compound, 'preferably 乙二_, polyethyl-c S to a glycidyl ether group g-alcohol condensed water Glyceryl ether, tripropyl hydrazine ^ % - glyceryl ether, new pentylene _ Glycidyl ether, glycerol:::: glycerol-based mystery, A-hexane diol diglycidyl primordial scale, "diglyceryl ether, 2,2·di-dixindiol diglycidyl, 3, 5,6-tetraglycidyl · 2,4_hexamethylene sulphate, 丄 ^ ^ , Ν ', Ν '_ & glyceryl _ m-dioxane diamine, _ amine A, m and shrink Glycerin base)% hexane, hydrazine, hydrazine, hydrazine, hydrazine, quaternary, quaternary, glutinous, glutinous, quaternary, quaternary, quaternary - Benzylamine, oily odor lower amine N, N-di-condensed oil oleyl decyl cyclohexane. 1 π -69- 201229139 When the liquid crystal alignment agent (A) contains an epoxy compound, its content ratio is relative to the above The mass ratio of the polyorganosiloxane compound and the other poly-5 compound to be used is preferably from 0.1 part by mass to more than 0.1 part by mass. When the liquid crystal alignment agent (A) contains an epoxy compound, a base catalyst such as 丨-benzylmethylimidazole may be used in combination in order to make the crosslinking reaction more efficient. [Functional decane compound] A functional decane compound may be used. In order to improve the adhesion of the obtained liquid crystal alignment film to a substrate, the functional decane compound may, for example, be 3-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane or 3-aminopropyltriethoxydecane. 2-Aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, 2-aminopropyltriethoxydecane, N-(2-aminoethyl)-3-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, N-(2- Aminoethyl)_3_aminopropylmethyldimethoxycarbazide, %ureidopropyltrimethoxydecane, 3-ureidopropyltriethoxylate, N-ethoxylated group 3-aminopropyltrimethoxy decane, N_ethoxycarbonyl-3-I-propylpropyldiethoxy decane, N-triethoxycarbamidopropyltriethylenediamine, N -trimethoxysulfonylpropyltriethylenetriamine, 1〇·trisyloxymethylcarbazide_1,4,7-triazaindene, ι〇_triethoxyphthalide Xi Xuanji-1,4,7-triazadecane, 9-trimethoxycarbamimidyl-3,6-diazepine acetate, 9-triethoxycarbamido-3, 6-diazepine 6 acid ester, N-nodal-3-aminopropyl trimethoxy decane, N-based -3-3 aminopropyl diethoxy Alkane, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltrimethoxydecane, N-phenyl-3-aminopropyltriethoxydecane, 1 bis(oxyethylene)_3•aminopropyltrimethoxy Base decane, bismuth(bis)(oxyethylene)_3_aminopropyltriethyl-70-201229139 oxy, 3-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxydecane, 4 cyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxy Decane, etc.
及日本特開B7J 63-291922號公報中記載的四羧酸二酐和且]。 烷化合物的反應物等。 * 土的石夕 當液晶配向劑⑷含有官能性石夕烧化合物時,1含旦 比例相對於上述[A]聚有機石夕氧烧化合物和任意使用: 其他聚合物合計100質量份而言,較佳 ' 更佳為2。質量份w 較佳為5〇質量份以下, [界面活性劑] 就界面活性劑而言,例 劑、陰離子界面活性劑、陽 活性劑、聚矽氧烷界面活性 含氟界面活性劑等。 如能列舉有非離子界面活性 離子界面活性劑、兩性界面 劑、聚環氧烷界面活性劑、 當液晶配向劑(A)含有界面活性劑時,其含量比例相 對於100負量份液晶配向劑(A)全體,較佳為1 〇質量份以 下’更佳為1質量份以下。 <液晶配向劑(A)的製備方法> 液晶配向劑(A)如上所述,含有[A]聚合物成分作為 必須成分,可以根據需要含有其他任選成分,但是較佳 係將各成分溶解在有機溶劑中製成的溶液狀組成物。 就月b用於製備液晶配向劑(A)的有機溶劑而言,較佳 糸月b洛解[A ]聚合物成分和任意使用的其他成分、但不與 -、反應的’谷劑。能適合用於液晶配向劑(A)中的有機溶劑 知根據任意添加的其他聚合物的種類而不同。 當液晶配向劑(A)含有[A]聚合物成分和聚合物(B) -71 - 201229139 時,就較佳的有機溶劑而言,能列舉有作為人 酸中使用的如上述列舉的有機溶劑。此時,^ 作為合成本發明聚醯胺酸中使用而列舉的不 些有機溶劑可以單獨或兩種以上組合使用。义 另一方面,就液晶配向劑(A)的[A]聚合物 有聚有機矽氧烷化合物(A)時,或含有聚有機矽 物(A)和其他聚有機矽氧烷時,較佳的有機溶劑 如能列舉有1 -乙氧基-2-丙醇、丙二醇單乙醚、 丙醚、丙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單乙酸酯、二丙 、二丙二醇乙醚、二丙二醇丙醚、二丙二醇二 二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、乙二醇單丙醚Γ 丁醚(丁基溶纖劑)、乙二醇單戊醚、乙二醇單 乙二醇、甲基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸 溶纖劑乙酸酯、丁基溶纖劑乙酸酯、曱基卡必 卡必醇、丙基卡必醇、丁基卡必醇、乙酸正丙 異丙酯、乙酸正丁 S旨、乙酸異丁酯、乙酸第二 酸正戊酯、乙酸第二戊酯、乙酸3 -曱氧基丁義 甲基戊酯、乙酸2 -乙基丁酯、乙酸2_乙基己黯 酯、乙酸正己酯、乙酸環己酯、乙酸辛酷、乙 乙酸異戊酯等。它們中’較佳係乙酸正丙酯、 酯、乙酸正丁酯 '乙酸異丁酯、乙酸第二丁略 戍醋、乙酸第·^戍自旨。 在液晶配向劑(A)的製備中,適合使用的溶 無使用其他聚合物和其種類,可以組合上述有 一種以上來獲得。這樣的溶劑是在下述較佳的 成聚酿胺 可以併用 溶劑。這 成分只含 氧燒化合 而言,例 丙二醇單 二醇曱醚 曱喊、乙 乙二醇單 已喊、一 酯、丙基 醇、乙基 酯、乙酸 丁酯、乙 酯、乙酸 、乙酸苄 酸戊酯、 乙酸異丙 乙酸正 劑根據有 機溶劑的 固體成分 -72- 201229139 濃度下不會使液晶配向劑(A)中含有的各成分析出、且使 液晶配向劑(A)的表面張力為25〜40mN/m範圍的溶劑。 液晶配向劑(A)的固體成分濃度、即液晶配向劑(A) 中除溶劑以外全部成分的質量佔液晶配向劑總質量 的比例考慮黏性、揮發性等而選擇,較佳為1質量〇 質量%的範圍。液晶配向劑(A)塗布在基板表面上,形成 液晶配向膜構成的塗膜’但是固體成分濃度在1質量%以 上時,該塗膜的膜厚不會變太小,能獲得良好的液晶配 向膜。另一方面’固體成分濃度為1〇質量%以下時,能 名乂得抑製塗膜膜厚變得過大的良好的液晶配向膜,另外 ,還能防止液晶配向劑(Α)的黏性增大,獲得良好的塗布 特性。特佳的固體成分濃度的範圍係根據在基板上塗布 液晶配向劑(Α)時採用的方法而不同。例如用旋塗法時特 佳為1.5質量%〜4.5質量%的範圍。用印刷法時,固體成分 :農度控製在3質量%〜9質量%的範圍,由此溶液黏度: mPa.s〜5〇mPa.s的範圍,是特佳的。用噴墨法時,固 :成分濃度控製在丄質量%〜5質量%的範圍,“匕溶㈣ 又在3mPa.s〜15mPa.s的範圍是特 * Λ Λ N ni ,, 丨〜 I備液晶配向劑 )T的溫度較佳為(TC〜2〇(TC,更佳為〇t〜4〇 [實施例] 下面,更具體地說明本發明的實施 不限於這些本發明 以下的實施例中獲得的具有環氣其 和㈧聚有機彻化合物的重量平氧 由下述方法的GPC法測定的由聚笨乙烯換算的 <直疋藉 -73- 201229139 柱:TOSOH公司製造、TSKgelGRCXUl 溶劑:四氫呋喃 溫度:4CTC 壓力:68kgf/cm2 另外,以下的實施例中使用的原料化合物和聚合物 用量要確保根據需要能重複下述的合成例所示的合成規 模下原料化合物和聚合物的合成。 <特定羧酸的合成> [特定羧酸1的合成] 根據下述反應路徑,合成特定幾酸1。And the tetracarboxylic dianhydride described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. B7J63-291922, and the like. A reactant of an alkane compound or the like. * When the liquid crystal alignment agent (4) of the earth contains a functional ceramsite compound, the ratio of 1 is contained in relation to the above [A] polyorgano oxy-oxygen compound and any use: 100 parts by mass of other polymers in total, Preferably 'more preferably 2. The mass part w is preferably 5 parts by mass or less, and [surfactant] is a surfactant, an anionic surfactant, a cation active agent, a polyoxymethane interfacial surfactant, or a fluorine-containing surfactant, in terms of a surfactant. For example, a nonionic interfacial active ionic surfactant, an amphoteric interfacial agent, a polyalkylene oxide surfactant, and when the liquid crystal alignment agent (A) contains a surfactant, the content ratio thereof is relative to 100 negative parts of the liquid crystal alignment agent. (A) All, preferably 1 part by mass or less 'more preferably 1 part by mass or less. <Production Method of Liquid Crystal Aligning Agent (A)> The liquid crystal alignment agent (A) contains the [A] polymer component as an essential component as described above, and may contain other optional components as necessary, but preferably each component A solution-like composition prepared by dissolving in an organic solvent. In the case of the organic solvent for preparing the liquid crystal alignment agent (A) in the month b, it is preferred that the [A] polymer component and any other components used arbitrarily, but not reacted with -. The organic solvent which can be suitably used in the liquid crystal alignment agent (A) is known to vary depending on the type of other polymer to be added. When the liquid crystal alignment agent (A) contains the [A] polymer component and the polymer (B) -71 - 201229139, preferred organic solvents include organic solvents as listed above for use as a human acid. . In this case, as the organic solvent to be used for the synthesis of the polyamic acid of the present invention, it may be used singly or in combination of two or more. On the other hand, when the [A] polymer of the liquid crystal alignment agent (A) has a polyorganosiloxane compound (A), or a polyorganoquinone (A) and other polyorganosiloxane, it is preferred. Examples of the organic solvent include 1-ethoxy-2-propanol, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monoacetate, dipropylene, dipropylene glycol diethyl ether, dipropylene glycol propyl ether, dipropylene glycol. Didiol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, butyl ether (butyl cellosolve), ethylene glycol monopentyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethylene glycol, methyl cellosolve acetic acid Ester, ethyl cellosolve acetate cellosolve acetate, butyl cellosolve acetate, decyl carbitol, propyl carbitol, butyl carbitol, n-propyl acetate, acetic acid N-butyl, isobutyl acetate, n-amyl acetate, acetic acid, second amyl acetate, 3-methoxyoxybutyric acid methyl amyl acetate, 2-ethylbutyl acetate, 2-ethyl acetate Hexyl ester, n-hexyl acetate, cyclohexyl acetate, citric acid acetate, isoamyl acetate, and the like. Among them, 'preferably, n-propyl acetate, ester, n-butyl acetate', isobutyl acetate, dibutyl acetate, acetic acid, and acetic acid are used. In the preparation of the liquid crystal alignment agent (A), it is suitable to use it without using other polymers and types thereof, and it may be obtained by combining one or more of the above. Such a solvent is preferably a polyglycol which can be used in combination with a solvent. This component contains only oxygenated compounds, such as propylene glycol monoglycol oxime oxime, ethylene glycol alone, monoester, propyl alcohol, ethyl ester, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, acetic acid, benzyl acetate. The acid amyl acetate and the acetic acid isopropionic acid positive agent are not analyzed in the liquid crystal alignment agent (A) according to the solid content of the organic solvent-72-201229139, and the surface tension of the liquid crystal alignment agent (A) is caused. A solvent in the range of 25 to 40 mN/m. The solid content concentration of the liquid crystal alignment agent (A), that is, the ratio of the mass of all the components other than the solvent in the liquid crystal alignment agent (A) to the total mass of the liquid crystal alignment agent is selected in consideration of viscosity, volatility, etc., and is preferably 1 mass. The range of mass %. The liquid crystal alignment agent (A) is applied onto the surface of the substrate to form a coating film composed of a liquid crystal alignment film. However, when the solid content concentration is 1% by mass or more, the film thickness of the coating film does not become too small, and a good liquid crystal alignment can be obtained. membrane. On the other hand, when the solid content concentration is 1% by mass or less, it is possible to obtain a good liquid crystal alignment film which suppresses the film thickness of the coating film from being excessively large, and also prevents the viscosity of the liquid crystal alignment agent (Α) from increasing. , good coating properties are obtained. The range of the particularly preferable solid content concentration differs depending on the method employed in coating the liquid crystal alignment agent on the substrate. For example, the spin coating method is particularly preferably in the range of 1.5% by mass to 4.5% by mass. In the case of the printing method, the solid content: the agricultural degree is controlled in the range of 3 mass% to 9 mass%, and thus the solution viscosity: mPa.s to 5 〇 mPa.s is particularly preferable. In the case of the inkjet method, the solid: component concentration is controlled in the range of 丄 mass% to 5% by mass, and the range of 3 mPa.s to 15 mPa.s is especially * Λ Λ N ni , , 丨 〜 I The temperature of the liquid crystal alignment agent T is preferably (TC~2〇(TC, more preferably 〇t~4〇). [Embodiment] Hereinafter, the implementation of the present invention is not limited to the following embodiments of the present invention. The obtained weight of the gas having the ring gas and (8) the polyorgano compound is determined by the GPC method of the following method. The polystyrene-converted <-straight-battery-73-201229139 column: manufactured by TOSOH Co., Ltd., TSKgelGRCXUl solvent: tetrahydrofuran Temperature: 4 CTC Pressure: 68 kgf/cm 2 In addition, the amount of the raw material compound and the polymer used in the following examples is ensured to be able to repeat the synthesis of the raw material compound and the polymer at the synthetic scale shown in the following synthesis examples as needed. Synthesis of specific carboxylic acid > [Synthesis of specific carboxylic acid 1] The specific acid 1 was synthesized according to the following reaction route.
COOMeCOOMe
0(ch2)1〇cooh K2CO30(ch2)1〇cooh K2CO3
DMFDMF
LiOH H20 MeOH / H20LiOH H20 MeOH / H20
NCNC
特定羧酸1 [合成例l] 在具備冷凝管的500mL三頸燒瓶中加入4氰基_4,_ 經基聯苯6 · 3 g、1 1 -溴Η 酸甲酯1 〇 g、碳酸鉀1 4.2 g、Ν, Ν -二甲基甲醢胺2〇〇mL’在16QC下加熱搜拌5小時。用tlC 痛認反應終止後,將反應洛液冷卻到室溫。將反應溶液 投入到500mL水中’混合攪拌。過濾析出的白色固體, 再用水清洗。獲得的固體在8〇°C下真空乾燥,得到1丨§化 -74- 201229139 合物1。 [合成例2] 接著’在具備冷凝管的200mL三頸燒瓶中加入1〇g化 合物1、氫氧化鋰•一水合物j 6g、曱醇3〇mL、水UmL, 在8〇 C下加熱攪拌4小時。用TLC確認反應終止後,將反 應'合液冷卻到室溫。將反應溶液處於攪拌狀態下,向反 應洛液中緩慢滴加稀鹽酸。過濾析出的固體,依次用水 、乙醇清洗。獲得的固體在戰下真空乾燥,獲得8g特 [特定羧酸2的合成] 根據下述反應路徑,合成特定羧酸2Specific carboxylic acid 1 [Synthesis Example 1] In a 500 mL three-necked flask equipped with a condenser, 4 cyano-4, _ phenyl benzoquinone 6 · 3 g, 1 1 - methyl bromide methyl ester 1 〇 g, potassium carbonate was added. 1 4.2 g, Ν, Ν-dimethylformamide 2〇〇mL' was heated and mixed at 16QC for 5 hours. After termination of the reaction with tlC, the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature. The reaction solution was poured into 500 mL of water 'mixed and stirred. The precipitated white solid was filtered and washed with water. The obtained solid was dried under vacuum at 8 ° C to give a compound (1). [Synthesis Example 2] Next, in a 200 mL three-necked flask equipped with a condenser, 1 g of compound 1, lithium hydroxide, monohydrate j 6 g, methanol 3 mL, and water UmL were added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 8 ° C. 4 hours. After confirming the termination of the reaction by TLC, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. While the reaction solution was under stirring, dilute hydrochloric acid was slowly added dropwise to the reaction solution. The precipitated solid was filtered and washed successively with water and ethanol. The obtained solid was vacuum dried under the war to obtain 8 g of a special [Synthesis of a specific carboxylic acid 2]. Synthesis of a specific carboxylic acid 2 according to the following reaction route
〇(CH2)2〇H 化合物2 ci c'-〇-r〇(CH2)2〇H compound 2 ci c'-〇-r
Et3N ch2ci2Et3N ch2ci2
Cl COOMe 、<yCl COOMe, <y
K2CO3 DMFK2CO3 DMF
〇(ch2)2〇 化合物4 COOMe〇(ch2)2〇 Compound 4 COOMe
LiOH H20 MeOH/THF/H20LiOH H20 MeOH/THF/H20
〇(叫2〇 ·~〇~· 特定缓酸2〇 (called 2〇 ·~〇~· Specific slow acid 2
COOH 成例3 ] 頭燒瓶中加入4 -氰基-4COOH Example 3] Adding 4-cyano-4 to the head flask
在具備冷凝管的500mL -75- 201229139 羥基聯苯1 5 g、碳酸乙烯酯1 3 · 5 g、溴化四丁銨(tb ab) 2.5 g 、N,N-二曱基曱醯胺300mL ’在1 50°C下加熱搜拌9小時 。用TLC確認反應終止後,將反應溶液冷卻到室溫。反 應溶液用乙酸乙酯3 0 0 m L、1N -氫氧化鈉水溶液1 〇 〇 m [的 混合溶液分離液體和清洗。举取有機層後,再依次用1 N _ 氫氧化鈉水溶液1 OOmL、水1 OOmL分離液體和清洗。有機 層用硫酸鎂乾燥後’餾出有機溶劑。真空乾燥獲得的固 體後,用乙醇l〇〇mL/己烧250mL再結晶,獲得i3.1g化合 物2 〇 [合成例4] 在具備冷凝管、滴液漏斗的200mL三頸燒瓶中加入 12g化合物2、12.7g4 -氯苯續醯氣、60mL脫水二氣甲烧, 混合。用冰浴冷卻反應溶液的狀態下,經1 0分鐘滴加6.6 g 三乙胺的脫水二氣甲烷(1 OmL)溶液。保持冰浴狀態攪拌 3 0分鐘,回復到室溫再攪拌6小時。在反應溶液加入氯仿 1 5 0 mL ’用水1 〇 〇 mL進行4次分離液體和清洗。萃取的有 機層用硫酸鎂乾燥,餾出有機溶劑。獲得的固體用乙醇 清洗,獲得1 6.1 g化合物3。 [合成例5] 在具備冷凝管的300mL三頸燒瓶中加入1 5g化合物3 、4 -羥基安息香酸甲酯1 1 g、碳酸鉀1 2 · 5 g、N,N -二甲基 曱醯胺1 80mL,在80°C下加熱攪拌9小時。用TLC確認反 應終止後’將反應溶液冷卻到室溫。將反應溶液投入到 5OOmL水中,混合搜拌。過濾析出的白色固體,再用乙 酵清洗。獲得的固體在80°C下真空乾燥,獲得l〇g化合物 -76- .201229139 4 〇 [合成例6]500mL -75- 201229139 hydroxybiphenyl with condensation tube, 5 3 5 g of ethylene carbonate, 2.5 g of tetrabutylammonium bromide (tb ab), 300 mL of N,N-didecyl decylamine The mixture was heated and mixed at 1 50 ° C for 9 hours. After confirming the termination of the reaction by TLC, the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature. The reaction solution was separated and washed with a mixed solution of ethyl acetate 300 ml, 1N-aqueous sodium hydroxide solution 1 〇 〇 m [. After taking the organic layer, the liquid was separated and washed with 100 N of 1 N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution and 100 mL of water. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate and the organic solvent was distilled off. After drying the obtained solid in vacuo, it was recrystallized from ethanol (1 mL) / hexane (250 mL) to obtain i3.1 g of compound 2 合成 [Synthesis Example 4] 12 g of compound 2 was added to a 200 mL three-necked flask equipped with a condenser and a dropping funnel. 12.7g of 4-chlorobenzene continued helium, 60mL of dehydrated two gas, and mixed. While cooling the reaction solution with an ice bath, a solution of 6.6 g of triethylamine in dehydrated dioxane (1 OmL) was added dropwise over 10 minutes. Stir in the ice bath for 30 minutes, return to room temperature and stir for another 6 hours. The reaction solution was added with chloroform (150 mL), and the liquid was separated and washed four times with 1 〇 〇 mL of water. The extracted organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate, and the organic solvent was evaporated. The solid obtained was washed with ethanol to obtain 16.1 g of Compound 3. [Synthesis Example 5] In a 300 mL three-necked flask equipped with a condenser, 15 g of compound 3, methyl 4-hydroxybenzoate 1 1 g, potassium carbonate 1 2 · 5 g, N,N-dimethylguanamine were added. 1 80 mL, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 80 ° C for 9 hours. After confirming the termination of the reaction by TLC, the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature. The reaction solution was poured into 500 mL of water and mixed for mixing. The precipitated white solid was filtered and washed with acetic acid. The obtained solid was vacuum dried at 80 ° C to obtain 10 g of compound -76-.201229139 4 〇 [Synthesis Example 6]
在具備冷凝管的l〇〇mL三頭燒瓶中加入9 5g化合物4 虱氧化鋰.一水合物1-6g、甲醇3〇mL、四氫呋喃15mL 、水15mL·,在80°C下加熱攪拌 止後,將反應溶液冷卻到室溫 態下,向反應溶液中緩慢滴加 ’依次用水、乙醇清洗。獲得 ’獲得9g特定羧酸2。 4小時。用TLC確認反應終 。將反應溶液處於攪拌狀 稀鹽酸。過濾析出的固體 的固體在8(TC下真空乾燥 [特 σ成特定綾酸3。In a l〇〇mL three-headed flask equipped with a condenser, 9 5 g of compound 4 虱 lithium oxide, 1-6 g of monohydrate, 3 mL of methanol, 15 mL of tetrahydrofuran, and 15 mL of water were added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 80 ° C. The reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, and slowly added dropwise to the reaction solution was washed successively with water and ethanol. Obtained 9 g of the specific carboxylic acid 2. 4 hours. The end of the reaction was confirmed by TLC. The reaction solution was stirred to dilute hydrochloric acid. The solid which precipitated the precipitated solid was vacuum dried at 8 (TC) to give a specific tannic acid 3.
定羧酸3的合成] 根據下述反應路徑 K2CO3Synthesis of carboxylic acid 3] According to the following reaction route K2CO3
DMFDMF
LiOH H20LiOH H20
MeOH / H2〇MeOH / H2〇
特定羧酸3 -77- 201229139 [合成例7] 在合成例1中,代替4-氰基-4’-羥基聯苯,使用10.7g2 、3、5、6-四氟-4-(五氟苯基)苯酚,得到13.7g化合物5 [合成例8 ] 在合成例2中,代替化合物1,使用13.5g化合物5, 得到11.2g特定羧酸3。 [特定羧酸4的合成] 根據下述反應路徑,合成特定羧酸4。Specific carboxylic acid 3 -77 - 201229139 [Synthesis Example 7] In Synthesis Example 1, instead of 4-cyano-4'-hydroxybiphenyl, 10.7 g of 2, 3, 5, 6-tetrafluoro-4-(pentafluoro) was used. Phenyl)phenol, 13.7 g of Compound 5 was obtained [Synthesis Example 8] In Synthesis Example 2, 13.5 g of Compound 5 was used instead of Compound 1, to obtain 11.2 g of a specific carboxylic acid 3. [Synthesis of Specific Carboxylic Acid 4] The specific carboxylic acid 4 was synthesized according to the following reaction route.
特定羧酸4 -78- 201229139 [合成例9] 在合成例3中,代替4-氰基-4,-羥基聯苯,使用25.5g2 、3、5、6-四I -4-(五氟苯基)苯酚,得到23 lg化合物6。 [合成例1 〇 ] 在合成例4中’代替化合物2,使用1 8.9 g化合物6, 得到2 4.1 g化合物7。 [合成例1 1 ] ,使用20g化合物7,得 在合成例5中,代替化合物3,使用 到1 5 · 4 g化合物8。 [合成例12] 使用13g化合物8,得 在合成例6中,代替化合物4,使用 到1 1.4g特定羧酸4。 [特定羧酸5的合成]Specific carboxylic acid 4-78-201229139 [Synthesis Example 9] In Synthesis Example 3, instead of 4-cyano-4,-hydroxybiphenyl, 25.5 g of 2,3,5,6-tetra-I-4-(pentafluoro) was used. Phenyl)phenol gave 23 lg of compound 6. [Synthesis Example 1 〇] In Synthesis Example 4, instead of Compound 2, 1 8.9 g of Compound 6 was used to obtain 2 4.1 g of Compound 7. [Synthesis Example 1 1], using 20 g of the compound 7, it was found that in the synthesis example 5, instead of the compound 3, 1 5 · 4 g of the compound 8 was used. [Synthesis Example 12] Using 13 g of Compound 8, it was found that in Synthesis Example 6, instead of Compound 4, 1 1.4 g of the specific carboxylic acid 4 was used. [Synthesis of specific carboxylic acid 5]
MeOH / H20MeOH / H20
[合成例1 3 ] 特定羧酸5 合成15g將亞曱基數從1〇 與特定缓酸1的合成一樣,人 變為5的特定敌酸5。 -79- 201229139 [特定羧酸6的合成] 根據下述反應路控’合成特定幾^酸[Synthesis Example 1 3] Specific carboxylic acid 5 Synthesis 15 g The number of the fluorene group was changed from 1 一样 to the specific acid 1 of the specific acid 1 and the specific enemy acid 5 was changed to 5 . -79- 201229139 [Synthesis of specific carboxylic acid 6] Synthesis of specific acid by the following reaction
F F F F 特定羧酸6 [合成例14] 在具備冷凝管的500mL三頸燒瓶中加入2,2’,3,3,-四氣-4’ -丙基-4-經基聯本lO.lg、11-漠十一酸曱醋i〇g、 碳酸鉀14.2g、N,N-二曱基曱醯胺200mL,在16CTC下加熱 攪拌5小時。用TLC確認反應終止後,將反應溶液冷卻到 室溫。將反應溶液投入到500mL水中,混合攪拌。過濾 析出的白色固體’再用水清洗。獲得的固體在80°C下真 空乾燥,獲得10.8g化合物9。 [合成例1 5 ] 接著,在具備冷凝管的200mL三頸燒瓶中,加入l〇g 化合物9、氫氧化锂•一水合物1.6g、曱醇3〇mL、水i5mL ’在8CTC下加熱攪拌4小時。用TLC確認反應終止後’將 -80- 201229139 反應溶液冷卻到室溫。將反應溶液處於攪拌狀態下,向 反應溶液t緩慢滴加稀鹽酸。過濾析出的固體,依次用 水、乙醇清洗》獲得的固體在8〇。〇下真空乾燥,獲得6g 特定羧酸6。 [特定羧酸7的合成] 根據下述反應路徑,合成特定羧酸7。FFFF specific carboxylic acid 6 [Synthesis Example 14] In a 500 mL three-necked flask equipped with a condenser, 2,2',3,3,-tetraki-4'-propyl-4-alkyl-based lO.lg was added. 11-glucuronate vinegar i〇g, potassium carbonate 14.2 g, N,N-didecylguanamine 200 mL, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 16 CTC for 5 hours. After confirming the termination of the reaction by TLC, the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature. The reaction solution was poured into 500 mL of water and mixed and stirred. The precipitated white solid was filtered and washed again with water. The solid obtained was vacuum dried at 80 ° C to obtain 10.8 g of Compound 9. [Synthesis Example 1 5] Next, in a 200 mL three-necked flask equipped with a condenser, 10 g of compound 9, lithium hydroxide monohydrate 1.6 g, decyl alcohol 3 〇 mL, and water i5 mL were heated and stirred at 8 CTC. 4 hours. After confirming the termination of the reaction by TLC, the reaction solution of -80 - 201229139 was cooled to room temperature. While the reaction solution was under stirring, dilute hydrochloric acid was slowly added dropwise to the reaction solution t. The precipitated solid was filtered, and washed with water and ethanol in turn to obtain a solid at 8 Torr. Under vacuum, it was dried under vacuum to obtain 6 g of the specific carboxylic acid 6. [Synthesis of Specific Carboxylic Acid 7] The specific carboxylic acid 7 was synthesized according to the following reaction route.
Br-(CH2^-C〇OMe K2C03Br-(CH2^-C〇OMe K2C03
DMFDMF
特定羧酸7 [合成例16] 除了將l〇.lg起始化合物(2,2,,3,3,-四氟-4,-丙基-4-羥基聯笨)改文為上述反應路徑中記載的9.1 g化合物 (2,3-二氟丙基-¾己基)笨酚)以外,和上述特定羧 酸ό的合成 水 Κ待5 · 9 g特定叛酸7。 [特定羧酸8的合成] 职據下述反應路柄,人, 根微 ^ 合成特定羧酸8。 201229139Specific carboxylic acid 7 [Synthesis Example 16] except that the starting compound (2, 2, 3, 3, -tetrafluoro-4, -propyl-4-hydroxyl) was converted into the above reaction route. In addition to the 9.1 g compound (2,3-difluoropropyl-3⁄4 hexyl) phenol described in the above, the synthetic water of the above specific carboxylic acid hydrazine is required to be 5 · 9 g of a specific tick acid 7 . [Synthesis of a specific carboxylic acid 8] According to the following reaction path handle, human, root micro ^ synthesis of a specific carboxylic acid 8. 201229139
[合成例17] 除了將lO.lg起始化合物(2,2’,3,3,-四氟-4’ -丙基-4-羥基聯苯)變更為上述反應路徑中記載的12.9g化合物 (2,2’,3,3’_四氟-4-丙基-4’’-羥基聯三苯)以外,和上述特 定羧酸6的合成一樣,獲得7.1 g特定羧酸8。 [特定羧酸9的合成] 根據下述反應路徑,合成特定羧酸9。 -82- 201229139 c3h7[Synthesis Example 17] except that 10 g of the starting compound (2,2',3,3,-tetrafluoro-4'-propyl-4-hydroxybiphenyl) was changed to 12.9 g of the compound described in the above reaction route. In the same manner as the synthesis of the above specific carboxylic acid 6, except for (2,2',3,3'-tetrafluoro-4-propyl-4''-hydroxybitriphenyl), 7.1 g of the specific carboxylic acid 8 was obtained. [Synthesis of Specific Carboxylic Acid 9] A specific carboxylic acid 9 was synthesized according to the following reaction route. -82- 201229139 c3h7
FF
+ Br-fcH〇i-COOMe \ /10+ Br-fcH〇i-COOMe \ /10
K2C〇3 -^ DMF c3h7K2C〇3 -^ DMF c3h7
LiOH_H20 -► MeOH/H20 C3H7LiOH_H20 -► MeOH/H20 C3H7
0-^-CH2j-C00H 特定羧酸9 [合成例18] 除了將lO.lg起始化合物(2,2’,3,3’_四氟-4’-丙基-4-羥基聯苯)變更為上述反應路徑中記載的10.2g化合物 (2,3-二氟-4-(4-丙基環己基甲氧基)苯酚)以外,和上述特 定叛酸6的合成一樣獲得6.5 g特定魏酸9。 [特定羧酸10的合成] 根據下述反應路徑,合成特定羧酸1 0。 -83- 2012291390-^-CH2j-C00H Specific carboxylic acid 9 [Synthesis Example 18] In addition to the starting compound of lO.lg (2,2',3,3'-tetrafluoro-4'-propyl-4-hydroxybiphenyl) In addition to 10.2 g of the compound (2,3-difluoro-4-(4-propylcyclohexylmethoxy)phenol) described in the above reaction route, 6.5 g of specific Wei was obtained in the same manner as the synthesis of the above specific tickic acid 6 Acid 9. [Synthesis of Specific Carboxylic Acid 10] A specific carboxylic acid 10 was synthesized according to the following reaction route. -83- 201229139
特定羧酸1 ο [合成例19] 除了將10.lg起始化合物(2,2’,3,3’-四氟-4’-丙基-4-羥基聯苯)變更為上述反應路徑中記載的12.6g化合物 (2,3 -二氣- 4’-(4 -丙基苯基乙基)聯苯)以外,和上述特定 羧酸6的合成一樣獲得7.2g特定羧酸10。 [特定羧酸11的合成] 根據下述反應路徑,合成特定羧酸1 1。 -84- 201229139Specific carboxylic acid 1 ο [Synthesis Example 19] except that 10.lg of the starting compound (2,2',3,3'-tetrafluoro-4'-propyl-4-hydroxybiphenyl) was changed to the above reaction route In the same manner as the above-mentioned specific carboxylic acid 6 except for the above-described synthesis of 12.6 g of the compound (2,3-dioxa-4'-(4-propylphenylethyl)biphenyl), 7.2 g of the specific carboxylic acid 10 was obtained. [Synthesis of Specific Carboxylic Acid 11] A specific carboxylic acid 11 was synthesized according to the following reaction route. -84- 201229139
ϋ0Η·Η20ϋ0Η·Η20
Me0H/H20 [合成例20] 除了將10.lg起始化合物(2,2’,3,3’ -四氟-4’ -丙基-4-羥基聯苯)變更為上述反應路徑中記載的1 4.2g化合物以 外,和上述特定羧酸6的合成一樣獲得7.6g特定羧酸1 1。 [特定羧酸12的合成] 根據下述反應路徑,合成特定羧酸1 2。 -85- 201229139Me0H/H20 [Synthesis Example 20] except that 10.lg of the starting compound (2,2',3,3'-tetrafluoro-4'-propyl-4-hydroxybiphenyl) was changed to the above-described reaction route In addition to the synthesis of 1 4.2 g of the compound, 7.6 g of the specific carboxylic acid 11 was obtained in the same manner as the synthesis of the above specific carboxylic acid 6. [Synthesis of Specific Carboxylic Acid 12] A specific carboxylic acid 1 2 was synthesized according to the following reaction route. -85- 201229139
ποη·η2ο Me0H/H2OΟοη·η2ο Me0H/H2O
〇~Ci〇H2〇 COOH 特定缓酸1 2 [合成例21] 在具備冷凝管的500mL三頸燒瓶中,加入4-[二氟(4-戊基環己基)曱氧基]_2,3_二氟苯酚12.5g、11-溴十一酸曱 酷10g、碳酸鉀!4_2g、N,N-二曱基甲醯胺200mL,在160°C 下加熱攪拌5小時。用TLC確認反應終止後,將反應溶液 冷卻到室溫。將反應溶液投入到500mL水中,混合攪拌 。過濾析出的白色固體,再用水清洗。獲得的固體在80°C 下真空乾燥,獲得14.8g化合物10。 [合成例22]〇~Ci〇H2〇COOH specific retardation 1 2 [Synthesis Example 21] In a 500 mL three-necked flask equipped with a condenser, 4-[difluoro(4-pentylcyclohexyl)decyloxy]_2,3_ was added. Difluorophenol 12.5g, 11-bromoundecanoic acid 曱 10g, potassium carbonate! 4 mL of 2,2 g of N,N-dimercaptocarhamamine was heated and stirred at 160 ° C for 5 hours. After confirming the termination of the reaction by TLC, the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature. The reaction solution was poured into 500 mL of water and mixed and stirred. The precipitated white solid was filtered and washed with water. The obtained solid was dried under vacuum at 80 ° C to obtain 14.8 g of Compound 10. [Synthesis Example 22]
接著,在具備冷凝管的200mL三頸燒瓶中,加入10g 化合物10、氫氧化裡•一水合物l_6g、曱醇30mL、水15mL -86 * 201229139 ’在80°C下加熱授拌4小時。用TLC確認反應終止後,將 反應溶液冷卻到室溫。將反應溶液處於攪拌狀態下,向 反應溶液中緩慢滴加稀鹽酸。過濾析出的固體,依次用 水、乙醇清洗。獲得的固體在8(TC下真空乾燥,得到6g 特定羧酸1 2。 <具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷(聚有機矽氧烷前質)的合 成> [水解縮合反應] [合成例S-1] 在具備撥拌器、溫度計.、滴液漏斗和回流冷凝管的 反應容器中加入2-(3,4-環氧基環己基)乙基三曱氧基石夕 烧(ECETS)l〇〇.〇g、曱基異丁酮5〇〇g和三乙胺1〇〇§,在 室溫下混合。接著,用滴液漏斗經30分鐘滴加去離子水 l〇〇g後,邊在回流下混合邊在80它下反應6小時。反應結 束後,萃取有機層,用〇2質量%硝酸銨水溶液清洗直至 洗淨後的水呈中性後,在減壓下餾出溶劑和水,獲得作 為黏稠的透明液體的具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷S-1。Next, 10 g of Compound 10, Hydrazine monohydrate l_6 g, sterol 30 mL, and water 15 mL -86 * 201229139 ' were placed in a 200 mL three-necked flask equipped with a condenser tube and heated and mixed at 80 ° C for 4 hours. After confirming the termination of the reaction by TLC, the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature. While the reaction solution was under stirring, dilute hydrochloric acid was slowly added dropwise to the reaction solution. The precipitated solid was filtered and washed successively with water and ethanol. The solid obtained was dried under vacuum at 8 (TC) to give 6 g of a specific carboxylic acid 1 2 <Synthesis of polyorganooxy oxane (polyorganooxane precursor) having an epoxy group > [hydrolysis condensation reaction] [ Synthesis Example S-1] In a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping funnel, and a reflux condenser, 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxylate was added (ECETS) L〇〇.〇g, mercaptoisobutyl ketone 5〇〇g and triethylamine 1〇〇§, mixed at room temperature. Then, using a dropping funnel, add deionized water l〇〇g for 30 minutes. Thereafter, the mixture was reacted under reflux for 6 hours under reflux. After the completion of the reaction, the organic layer was extracted and washed with a 2% by mass aqueous solution of ammonium nitrate until the washed water was neutral, and then distilled under reduced pressure. Solvent and water, an epoxy group-containing polyorganooxane S-1 was obtained as a viscous transparent liquid.
對於該具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷,進行iH_NMR 分析,在化學位移(δ) = 3 2ppm附近獲得如理論強度的來 自環氧基的峰,確認反應中沒有引起環氧基的副反應。 其中付到的具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷S- 1的重量平均 分子量(Mw)為Mw = 2,2〇〇,環氧當量為186g/莫耳。 [合成例S-2] 、 在具備搜拌器、溫度計、滴液漏斗和回流冷凝管的 反應容器中加人作為水解性石夕烧化合物的2_(3,4_環氧基 -87- 201229139 J哀己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷(ECETS)73.9g和γ-甲基丙烯 西&氧基丙基三甲氧基石夕烷(GMPTS)24.8g(ECETS : GMPTS = 75 : 25(莫耳比))以及作為溶劑的曱基異丁酮 500g和作為催化劑的三乙胺l〇.〇g,在室溫下混合。接著 ’用滴液漏斗經3 〇分鐘滴加去離子水100g後,邊在回流 下攪拌邊在8〇t下反應6小時。反應結束後,萃取有機層 ,用0.2質量%硝酸銨水溶液清洗直至清洗後的水呈中性 後,減壓下餾出溶劑和水,獲得具有環氧基的水解縮合 物黏稠的透明液體§_2。 對该水解縮合物進行ih_nmr分析,在化學位移 (δ) = 3.2ρριη附近獲得如理論強度的來自環氧基的峰,確認 反應中沒有引起環氧基的副反應。其·中得到的具有環氧基 的聚有機矽氡烷S-2的重量平均分子量(Mw)為Mw = 2,9〇〇。 [合成例S-3] ’ 在具備攪拌器 '溫度計、滴液漏斗和回流冷凝管的 反應容器中加入作為水解性矽烷化合物的2 (3,4_環氧基 環己基)乙基三曱氧基矽烷(ECETS)123&和γ_曱基丙^ 酿氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烧 (GMPTS)124.2g(ECETS:GMPTS = 5〇:5〇(莫耳比))以及: 為溶劑的曱基異丁酮1250g和作為催化劑的三乙胺25 ’在室恤下/¾合。接著’用滴液漏斗經4 5分鐘滴加去離 子水25〇g後,邊在回流下攪拌邊在8〇。〇下反應6小時。反 應結束後,萃取有機層,用G.2f量%硝酸録水溶夜主洗 直至清洗後的水呈中性後,藉由在減壓下館出溶劑:水 ,獲得具有環氧基的水解縮合物黏稠的透明液體 -88- 201229139 對該水解縮合物進行iH-NMR分析,在化學位移 (δ)=3·2ρρϊη附近獲得如理論強度的來自環氧基的峰,確認在 反應中沒有引起環氧基的副反應。其中得到的具有環氧基 的聚有機石夕氧烧S-3的重量平均分子量(Mw)為Mw = 3,200 〇 [合成例S-4] 在具備攪拌器、溫度計、滴液漏斗和回流冷凝管的 反應容器中加入作為水解性矽烷化合物的2_(3,4_環氧基 環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷(ECETS)88 7§和丫甲基丙烯 酿氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷 (^MPTS)9.93g(ECETS:GMPTS = 9〇:1〇(莫耳比))以及作為 溶Μ的曱基異丁綱5〇〇g和作為催化劑的三乙胺1 〇 ,在 至咖·下混合。接著,用滴液漏斗經3 〇分鐘滴加去離子水 I00g後,邊在回流下攪拌邊在80它下反應6小時。反應結 :後’萃取有機層,用〇 2質量%硝酸銨水溶液清洗直至 /月洗後的水呈中性後,在減壓下餾出溶劑和水,獲得具 有環氧基的水解縮合物的黏稠透明液體s。 對該水解縮合物進行ih_nmr分析,在化學位移 ()3.2ppm附近獲得理論強度的環氧基峰,確認在反應 :沒有引起環氧基的副反應。其中得到的具有環氧基的 聚有機矽氧烷S-4的重量平均分子量(Mw)為Mw = 2,7〇〇。 <聚有機矽氧烷化合物(A)的合成> [合成例A-1 ] 抑在100mL_頸燒瓶加入上述合成例s_i得到的9 具 環氧基的聚有機石夕氧院s]、甲基異丁綱叫、上述合 例2獲得的5‘峡定賴1、作為上述式(5)表示的化合 -89- 201229139 物之一列舉的式(5-5)表示的4-辛氧基安息香酸(預傾角 成分l)3.3g和UCAT 18X(san-apro公司的四級胺鹽)0.20g ,在80°C下攪拌1 2小時。反應結束後,用甲醇進行再沉 澱’沉澱物溶解在乙酸乙酯中,獲得溶液,將該溶液水 洗3次後’藉由餾出溶劑,獲得i4.5g聚有機矽氧烷化合 物A-1的白色粉末。聚有機矽氧烷化合物A-1的]VIw為 6,500 〇 [合成例A-2] 除了代替4-辛氧基安息香酸,使用3.6g作為上述式 (5)表示的化合物之一列舉的式(5-7)表示的4-(4-戊基環 己基)安息香酸(預傾角成分2)以外,和合成例A -1 —樣操 作’獲得13.4g聚有機矽氧烷化合物A-2的白色粉末。A_2 的 Mw為 7,900。 [合成例A-3] 在1 00mL三頸燒瓶中’加入上述合成例s-1中獲得的 9.8g具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷S]、曱基異丁酮28g、 上述合成例2中獲得的8.0g特定羧酸1、上述式(5_7)表示 的4-(4-戊基環己基)安息香酸(預傾角成分2) 14g和uCAT 18X(san_apro製造的四級胺鹽)〇 2〇g,在8〇〇c下授拌丨以、 時。反應結束後,用甲醇進行再沉澱,沉澱物溶解在乙 酸乙酯中,該溶液水洗3次後,餾出溶劑,獲得i 3 9g聚 有機矽氧烷化合物A-3的白色粉末。a-3的Mw為8,900。 [合成例A-4] 在100mL二頸燒瓶中加入上述合成例S-1中择得的 9_8g具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷S-1、曱基異丁酮28g、 -90- .201229139 上述合成例2中獲得的2.0g特定羧酸i、上述式乃表示 的4-(4-戊基環己基)安息香酸(預傾角成分2)5 8g和 18X(san-apr〇製造的四級胺鹽)〇 2〇g,在8〇。〇下攪拌η小 時。反應結束後,用曱醇進行再沉澱,沉澱物溶解在乙 酸乙酯中,獲得溶液,該溶液水洗3次後,餾出溶劑,獲 得13.4g聚有機矽氧烷化合物A_4的白色粉末。A、的 為 7,600 。 [合成例A-5] 除了代替特定羧酸1,使用合成例8中獲得的6 8g特 疋羧酸3以外,和合成例a- 1 —樣操作,獲得丨4 7 g聚有機 石夕氧烧化合物A-5的白色粉末。a-5的Mw為8,1〇〇。 具有丙烯醯基的倍半矽氧烷如下所示, (具有丙烯醯基的倍半矽氧烧) AC-SQ : “AC-SQ TA-100”,東亞合成公司製造。 [合成例A-6] [具有丙烯醯基的倍半矽氧烷和親核性化合物(硫醇)的反 應] 在具備攪拌器和溫度計的500mL三頸燒瓶中加入具 有丙烯醯基的倍半矽氧烷AC-SQ ΤΑ-1〇〇(東亞合成製造 )16、〇g、作為親核性化合物的正十二烷基-丨硫醇 (DT)4〇.5g(AC-SQ的丙烯醯基)、作為溶劑的乙腈i6〇mL 和作為催化劑的三乙胺22.3g,升溫到50°C,攪拌90分鐘 ’實施反應。反應結束後,萃取有機層,用0.2質量%硝 錢酸水溶液清洗直至清洗後的水呈中性後,在減壓下餾 出溶劑和催化劑’獲得205.0g聚有機矽氧烷A-6的黏稠透 -91 - 201229139 月液肢°對S亥聚有機矽氧烷Ad用GPC測定的聚苯乙烯換 算的重量平均公1曰 丁 J刀子罝M w為5,9 0 〇。 [合成例Α-7] [具有環氧基的水解縮合物和羧酸的反應] 在2〇〇mL三頸燒瓶中加入合成例S 2中獲得的80g具 有%氧基的水解縮合物S2,加入作為溶劑的曱基異丁酮 25.0g、作為緩酸的心辛氧基安息香酸(預傾角成分 l)33.8g和作為催化劑的ucat 18X(san-apro製造的環氧 化合物的硬化促進劑μ 0g,在i〇〇〇c下攪拌48小時進行反 應。反應結束後’在反應混合物中加入乙酸乙酯,獲得 的有機層水洗3次,用硫酸鎂乾燥後,餾出溶劑,獲得 100.28聚有機矽氧烷八_7。對該聚有機矽氧烷八_7,用凝 膠滲透色谱法(GPC)測定的聚苯乙烯換算的重量平均分 子量Mw為7,1〇〇。 [合成例A-8] 在100mL三頸燒瓶中加入上述合成例sd中得到的 9.8g具有環氧基的聚有機石夕氧烧S-1、甲基異y_28g、 上述合成例2中得到的8.0g特定緩酸1、上述式(5_6)表示 的破珀酸5ξ-膽甾烧-3-基(預傾角成分3)2.6g和UCAT 18X(san-apro製造的四級胺鹽)〇.2〇g,在8〇°c下攪拌12小 時。反應結束後,用曱醇進行再沉澱,將沉澱物溶解在 乙酸乙醋中’將該溶液水洗3次後,顧出溶劑,獲得1 $ 5 g 聚有機矽氧烷化合物A-8的白色粉末》A-10的Mw為9,200 [合成例A-9] -92- 201229139 在200mL三頸燒瓶中加入合成例S-2中獲得的80g具 有環氧基的水解縮合物S-2、作為溶劑的甲基異丁 _ 25.0g、42.7g特定羧酸1和作為催化劑的UCAT 18X(san-apro製造的環氧化合物的硬化促進劑)0.8g,在 1 〇〇°C下攪拌48小時進行反應。反應結束後,在反應混合 物加入乙酸乙酯,獲得的有機層水洗3次,用硫酸鎂乾燥 後,餾出溶劑,獲得98.2g聚有機矽氧烷A-9。對該聚有 機矽氧烷A-9,用凝膠滲透色譜法(GPC)測定的聚苯乙烯 換算的重量平均分子量Mw為8,100。 [合成例A-10] 在200mL三頸燒瓶中,加入合成例S-2中獲得的80g 具有環氧基的水解縮合物S-2、作為溶劑的甲基異丁酮 25.0g、42.7g的特定羧酸1、28.2g的4-辛氧基安息香酸( 預傾角成分1)和作為催化劑的UCAT 18X(san-apro製造 的環氧化合物的硬化促進劑)1.7g,在100°C下授拌48小時 進行反應。反應結束後,在反應混合物中加入乙酸乙酯 ’獲得的有機層水洗3次,用硫酸錢乾燥後,德出溶劑, 獲得125.7g聚有機矽氧烷A-10。對該聚有機矽氧烷A-l〇 ,用凝膠滲透色譜法(GPC)測定的聚苯乙烯換算的重量爭 均分子量Mw為10,200。 [合成例A-1 1;| 除了代替4-辛氧基安息香酸(預傾角成分1)28.2g,使 用上述式(5-7)表示的4-(4-戊基環己基)安息香酸(預傾角 成分2)30.9g以外,和合成例A-10—樣獲得i28.5g聚有機 石夕氧炫· A-1 1。對該聚有機矽氧烷A_ 1 1用凝膠滲透色譜法 -93- 201229139 (GPC)測定的聚苯乙稀換算的重量平均分子量Mw為 1 1,500。 [合成例A-12] 在2 0 0 m L三頸燒瓶中,加入合成例s _ 3中獲得的6 0 g 具有環氧基的水解縮合物S-3、作為溶劑的曱基異丁 _ 20.0g、20.1g特定羧酸2和作為催化劑的UCAT 18X(san-apro製造的環氧化合物的硬化促進劑)〇 5g,在 1 0 0 C下授拌4 8小時進行反應。反應結束後,在反應混合 物中加入乙酸乙酯,獲得的有機層水洗3次,使用硫酸鎂 乾燥後,餾出溶劑,獲得5 6 _ 8 g聚有機矽氧烷a- 12。對該 聚有機矽氧烷A-1 2,用凝膠滲透色譜法(GPC)測定的聚苯 乙烯換算的重量平均分子量Mw為8,600。 [合成例A-13] 在200mL三頸燒瓶中加入合成例s_3中獲得的6〇g具 有%氧基的水解縮合物S-3、作為溶劑的曱基異丁酮 2〇.〇g、ll.lg特定羧酸4、上述式(5_7)表示的4_(4_戊基環 己基)安息香酸(預傾角成分2)12 3§和作為催化劑的 UCAT 18X(san-apro製造的環氧化合物的硬化促進劑 )〇.6g ’在l〇〇°C下攪拌48小時進行反應。反應結束後,在 反應混合物中加入乙酸乙酯’獲得的有機層水洗3次,用 硫酸鎂乾燥後,餾出溶劑,獾 獲仔55.9g聚有機矽氧烷A-13 。對δ亥聚有機衫7 ^ Λ 1 Λ — 軋烷A]3’用凝膠滲透色譜法(GPC)測定 的聚本乙烯換算的重量平於八7 & 里十均分子量Mw為8,300。 [合成例A -1 4 ] 在100mL三頸燒瓶中 加入上述合成例S-4中獲得的 -94 - 201229139 10g具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷S-4、曱基異丁明20g、上 述合成例13中獲得的4.35g特定羧酸5和UCAT 18X(san-apro製造的季胺鹽)0.10g,在8〇。(:下攪拌12小時 。反應結束後,用甲醇進行再沉澱,將沉澱物溶解在乙 酸乙S旨中’獲得溶液,將s玄溶液水洗3次後,顧出溶劑, 獲得10.9g聚有機石夕氧烧化合物A-14的白色粉末。聚有機 石夕氧烧化合物A-14的Mw為6,400。 [合成例A-15] 在100mL三頸燒瓶中加入上述合成例S-4中獲得的 l〇g具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷S-4、曱基異丁酮2〇g、上 述合成例13中獲得的6.95g特定羧酸5、上述式(5_7)表示 的4-(4-戊基環己基)安息香酸(預傾角成分2)154§和 UCAT 18X(san-apro製造的四級胺鹽)〇.2〇g,在8〇°c下檀 拌1 2小時。反應結束後’用曱醇進行再沉澱,沉殿物溶 解在乙酸乙酯中’獲得溶液’將該溶液水洗3次後,館出 溶劑,獲得1 3.7g聚有機矽氧烷化合物A-1 5的白色粉末。 聚有機矽氧烷化合物A-1 5的Mw為7,700。 [合成例A -1 6 ] 除了代替上述式(5-7)表示的4-(4 -戊基環己基)安牵、 香酸1.54g,使用上述式(5-6)表示的琥珀酸5ξ-膽留燒 基(預傾角成分3)2.75g以外,和合成例Α-15 —樣獲得 15.lg聚有機石夕氧烧化合物A-16的白色粉末。聚有機;g夕氧 烷化合物A-16的Mw為8,200。 [合成例A -1 7 ] 在100mL三頸燒瓶中加入上述合成例S_4中獲得的 -95- 201229139 l〇g具有環氧基的聚有機矽氧烷S_4、甲基異丁酮2〇g、上 述合成例8中獲得的7.2 6 g特定羧酸3、4 -辛氧基安息香酸 (預傾角成分l)3.52g和UCAT 18X(san-apro製造的四級胺 鹽)〇.20g ’在80。(:下攪拌12小時。反應結束後,用甲醇進 行再沉澱’將沉澱物溶解在乙酸乙酯中,獲得溶液,將 該溶液水洗3次後’餾出溶劑,獲得1 5 8 g聚有機矽氧烷 化合物A-1 7的白色粉末。聚有機矽氧烷化合物A_丨7的Mw 為 9,100。 [合成例A-18] 除了代替4 -辛氧基安息香酸(預傾角成分丨)3 5 2 g,使 用上述式(5-7)表示的4-(4-戊基環己基)安息香酸(預傾角 成分2) 3.8 6 g以外,和合成例a -1 7 —樣,獲得1 5.4 g聚有機 石夕氧烧化合物A -1 8的白色粉末。聚有機石夕氧院化合物 A-1 8 的 Mw 為 8,900。 [合成例A-19] 除了代替7.26g特定羧酸3,使用上述合成例15中獲 得的6.17g特定羧酸6以外,和合成例A-17—樣獲得15 5g 聚有機矽氧烷化合物A-1 9的白色粉末。聚有機石夕氧院化 合物A-19的Mw為9,100 » [合成例A-20] 除了代替7_26g特定羧酸3,使用上述合成例16中獲 得的5.78g特定羧酸7以外,和合成例A-17 —橡,碑得 15.3g聚有機石夕氧炫化合物A-20的白色粉末。聚有機石夕氧 烷化合物A-20的Mw為9,000。 [合成例A-21] -96- 201229139 除了代替7.26g特定羧酸3,使用上述合成例17中獲 得的7.1 8 g特定羧酸8以外,和合成例A-1 7 —樣,獲得 15.6g聚有機石夕氧院化合物A-21的白色粉末。聚有機石夕氧 烧化合物A-21的Mw為9,300。 [合成例A-2 2] 除了代替7.26g特定羧酸3,使用上述合成例18中獲 得的6 · 1 8 g特定羧酸9以外,和合成例A-1 7 —樣’獲得 15.2g聚有機石夕氧烧化合物A-22的白色粉末。聚有機石夕氧 烷化合物A-22的Mw為8,900。 [合成例A-23] 除了代替7.26g特定羧酸3,使用上述合成例19中獲 得的7.07g特定羧酸10以外,和合成例A-17—樣,獲得 15.8g聚有機矽氧烷化合物A-23的白色粉末。聚有機矽氡 烧化合物A-23的Mw為9,500。 [合成例A-24] 除了代替7.26g特定羧酸3,使用上述合成例20中獲 得的8.3 9g特定羧酸1 1以外,和合成例A-1 7 —樣,獲得 15.6g聚有機矽氧烷化合物A-24的白色粉末。聚有機矽氧 烷化合物A-24的Mw為9,200。 [合成例A-25] 除了代替7.26g特定羧酸3,使用上述合成例22中獲 得的7 · 0 2 g特定羧酸1 2以外,和合成例A -1 7 —樣,獲得 15.5g聚有機矽氧烷化合物A-25的白色粉末。聚有機矽氧 烧化合物A-19的Mw為9,100。 以上聚有機矽氧烷化合物(A)的合成結果匯總與下 -97- 201229139 述表1中,表1中的「-」表示不使用該化合物。 [表1] 聚有機 矽氧烷 ㈧ 聚有機 矽氧烷 前質 特定羧酸 其他預傾角顯現性化合物 重量平 均 分子量 產量 (g) 種類 使用量 (莫耳%) 種類 使用量 (莫耳%) 合成例Α-1 Α-1 S-1 特定羧酸1 25 預傾角成分1 25 6,500 14.5 合成例Α-2 Α-2 S-1 特定羧酸1 25 預傾角成分2 25 7,900 13.4 合成例Α-3 Α-3 S-1 特定羧酸1 40 預傾角成分2 10 8,900 13.9 合成例Α-4 Α-4 S-1 特定羧酸1 10 預傾角成分2 40 7,600 13.4 合成例Α-5 Α-5 S-1 特定羧酸3 25 預傾角成分1 25 8,100 14.7 合成例Α-6 Α-6 AC-SQ - - DT 20 5,900 205.0 合成例Α-7 Α-7 S-2 - - 預傾角成分1 30 7,1〇〇 100.2 合成例Α-8 Α-8 S-1 特定羧酸1 40 預傾角成分3 10 9,200 15.5 合成例Α-9 Α-9 S-2 特定羧酸1 25 - - 8,100 98.2 合成例Α-10 Α-10 S-2 特定羧酸1 25 預傾角成分1 25 10,200 125.7 合成例Α-11 Α-11 S-2 特定羧酸1 25 預傾角成分2 25 11,500 128.5 合成例Α-12 Α-12 S-3 特定羧酸2 25 - - 8,600 56.8 合成例Α-13 Α-13 S-3 特定羧酸4 10 預傾角成分2 20 8,3〇〇 55.9 合成例Α-14 Α-14 S-4 特定羧酸5 25 - - 6,400 10.9 合成例Α-15 Α-15 S-4 特定羧酸5 40 預傾角成分2 10 7,700 13.7 合成例Α-16 Α-16 S-4 特定羧酸5 40 預傾角成分3 10 8,200 15.1 合成例Α-17 Α-17 S-4 特定羧酸3 25 預傾角成分1 25 9,100 15.8 合成例Α-18 Α-18 S-4 特定羧酸3 25 預傾角成分2 25 8,900 15.4 合成例Α-19 Α-19 S-4 特定羧酸6 25 預傾角成分1 25 9,1〇〇 15.5 合成例Α-20 Α-20 S-4 特定羧酸7 25 預傾角成分1 25 9,000 15.3 合成例Α-21 Α-21 S-4 特定羧酸8 25 預傾角成分1 25 9,300 15.6 合成例Α-22 Α-22 S-4 特定羧酸9 25 預傾角成分1 25 8,900 15.2 合成例Α-23 Α-23 S-4 特定羧酸10 25 預傾角成分1 25 9,500 15.8 合成例Α-24 Α-24 S-4 特定羧酸11 25 預傾角成分1 25 9,200 15.6 合成例Α-25 Α-25 S-4 特定羧酸12 25 預傾角成分1 25 9,100 15.5 上述表1中的其他預傾角顯現性化合物如以下的化 合物所示。另外,使用量(莫耳%)是用相對於聚有機矽氧 烷前質中的Si原子的莫耳%表示的。 預傾角成分1 : 4-辛氧基安息香酸 預傾角成分2 : 4-(4-戊基環己基)安息香酸 預傾角成分3 :琥珀酸5ξ-膽崔烷-3-基 〈聚合物(Β)的合成〉 -98- 201229139 [合成例P-l] 在367.6g的N-甲基_2_吡咯啶酮中溶解環丁 烷四曱酸二酐19_61g(〇_i莫耳)和44,_二胺基_2,2’_二甲 基聯苯2 1 · 2 3 g (0.1莫耳)’在室溫下反應6小時。接著,將 反應混合物注入過量很多的曱醇中,沉澱反應產物。沉 殿物用甲醇清洗,在減壓下4〇。〇下乾燥15小時,獲得35g 聚醯胺酸PA-1。 [合成例P-2] 在140gN-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮中溶解1 8 85g作為四羧酸 二奸的2,3,5-三羧基環戊基乙酸二酐、8 84g作為二胺化 合物的下述式(G-4)表示的二胺和7.31g對伸苯胺,在60°C 下反應4小時。測定該聚合液的黏度,為2,15〇nlPa.s。將 反應〉谷液注入到過量很多的曱醇中,沉澱反應產物。然 後’用甲醇清洗’在減壓下4〇。〇下乾燥24小時,獲得聚 醯胺酸。將獲得的聚醯胺酸全部再溶解於465g N-曱基-2-〇比洛。定_中’添加吡啶6 _ 6 5 g和乙酸酐8.5 9 g,在1 1 0。(:下 進行脫水閉環4小時’和上述一樣,進行沉澱、清洗、減 壓無’獲得2 3.1 g酿亞胺化率5 0 %的聚醯亞胺p I _ 1。For the polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group, iH_NMR analysis was carried out, and a peak derived from an epoxy group having a theoretical strength was obtained in the vicinity of a chemical shift (δ) = 3 2 ppm, and it was confirmed that no side reaction of the epoxy group was caused in the reaction. . The polyorganosiloxane (Sw) having an epoxy group having a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of Mw = 2, 2 Å and an epoxy equivalent of 186 g/mole. [Synthesis Example S-2], in a reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping funnel, and a reflux condenser, 2_(3,4_epoxy-87-201229139) was added as a hydrolyzable compound. Ethyl trimethoxy decane (ECETS) 73.9 g and γ-methyl propylene West & oxypropyltrimethoxy oxalate (GMPTS) 24.8 g (ECETS: GMPTS = 75: 25 (Morbi) )) and 500 g of mercaptoisobutyl ketone as a solvent and triethylamine 10 g as a catalyst were mixed at room temperature. Then, 100 g of deionized water was added dropwise thereto over 3 minutes using a dropping funnel, and then reacted at 8 °t for 6 hours while stirring under reflux. After the completion of the reaction, the organic layer was extracted and washed with a 0.2% by mass aqueous solution of ammonium nitrate until the water after washing was neutral, and then the solvent and water were distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain a viscous transparent liquid having an epoxy group. . The hydrolyzed condensate was analyzed by ih_nmr, and a peak derived from an epoxy group having a theoretical strength was obtained in the vicinity of the chemical shift (δ) = 3.2ρρηη, and it was confirmed that no side reaction of the epoxy group was caused in the reaction. The polyorganodecane S-2 having an epoxy group obtained therein has a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of Mw = 2, 9 Å. [Synthesis Example S-3] 'In the reaction vessel equipped with a stirrer' thermometer, a dropping funnel and a reflux condenser, 2 (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrioxane as a hydrolyzable decane compound was added. Hydrazine (ECETS) 123 & and γ-mercaptopropene ethoxypropyl trimethoxy oxime (GMPTS) 124.2 g (ECETS: GMPTS = 5 〇: 5 〇 (mole ratio)) and: solvent 1250 g of mercapto isobutyl ketone and triethylamine 25' as a catalyst were combined under the shirt. Then, after removing 25 liters of deionized water through a dropping funnel over 45 minutes, it was stirred at reflux for 8 Torr. The reaction was carried out for 6 hours. After the reaction is completed, the organic layer is extracted, and the main layer is washed with G.2f-% nitrate in water until the water after washing is neutral. After the solvent: water is obtained under reduced pressure, a hydrolyzed condensate having an epoxy group is obtained. Viscous transparent liquid-88-201229139 The iH-NMR analysis of the hydrolysis condensate gave a peak derived from the epoxy group with a theoretical strength in the vicinity of the chemical shift (δ)=3·2ρρϊη, confirming that no epoxy was caused in the reaction. The side reaction of the base. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polyorganooxime S-3 having an epoxy group obtained therein is Mw = 3,200 〇 [Synthesis Example S-4] equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, a dropping funnel, and a reflux condenser 2-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxydecane (ECETS) 88 7§ and hydrazine methacryloxypropyltrimethoxydecane as hydrolyzable decane compounds were added to the reaction vessel. ^MPTS) 9.93g (ECETS: GMPTS = 9〇: 1〇 (mole ratio)) and 〇〇 异 异 异 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 mixing. Then, I00 g of deionized water was added dropwise thereto over 3 minutes using a dropping funnel, and the mixture was reacted at 80 for 6 hours while stirring under reflux. After the reaction, the organic layer was extracted with a 2% by mass aqueous solution of ammonium nitrate until the water after washing was neutral, and the solvent and water were distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain a hydrolyzed condensate having an epoxy group. Viscous transparent liquid s. The hydrolyzed condensate was analyzed by ih_nmr, and an epoxy group having a theoretical strength was obtained in the vicinity of a chemical shift of 3.2 ppm, and it was confirmed that the reaction did not cause a side reaction of an epoxy group. The polyorganosiloxane S-4 having an epoxy group obtained therein has a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of Mw = 2,7 Å. <Synthesis of polyorganosiloxane compound (A)> [Synthesis Example A-1] Into a 100 mL-neck flask, the 9-epoxy group-organized polyorganisms obtained in the above Synthesis Example s_i were added, 5-oxo-oxygen represented by the formula (5-5) which is one of the compounds of the above-mentioned formula (5) 3.3 g of chloric acid (pretilt component l) and 0.20 g of UCAT 18X (quaternary amine salt of San-apro Co., Ltd.) were stirred at 80 ° C for 12 hours. After the completion of the reaction, reprecipitation was carried out with methanol. The precipitate was dissolved in ethyl acetate to obtain a solution. After washing the solution three times, the solvent was distilled off to obtain i4.5 g of a polyorganosiloxane compound A-1. White powder. The VIw of the polyorganosiloxane compound A-1 is 6,500 〇 [Synthesis Example A-2] In addition to the 4-octyloxybenzoic acid, 3.6 g of the formula exemplified as one of the compounds represented by the above formula (5) is used ( 5-7) In addition to 4-(4-pentylcyclohexyl)benzoic acid (pretilt component 2), it was operated in the same manner as in Synthesis Example A-1 to obtain 13.4 g of polyorganosiloxane compound A-2. powder. The Mw of A_2 is 7,900. [Synthesis Example A-3] 9.8 g of polyorganooxynonane S having an epoxy group and 28 g of decyl isobutyl ketone obtained in the above Synthesis Example s-1 were added to a 100 mL three-necked flask, and the above synthesis example 8.0 g of the specific carboxylic acid obtained in 2, 4-(4-pentylcyclohexyl)benzoic acid represented by the above formula (5-7) (pretilt component 2) 14 g and uCAT 18X (quaternary amine salt manufactured by san_apro) 2〇g, at 8〇〇c, the mixing time is given. After completion of the reaction, the precipitate was reprecipitated with methanol, and the precipitate was dissolved in ethyl acetate. After washing the solution three times, the solvent was distilled off to obtain a white powder of i 3 9 g of polyorganomethoxy hydride compound A-3. The Mw of a-3 is 8,900. [Synthesis Example A-4] Into a 100 mL two-necked flask, 9 to 8 g of the polyorganooxynonane S-1 having an epoxy group selected from the above Synthesis Example S-1, 28 g of mercaptoisobutyl ketone, and -90- were added. 201229139 2.0 g of the specific carboxylic acid i obtained in the above Synthesis Example 2, 4-(4-pentylcyclohexyl)benzoic acid represented by the above formula (pretilt component 2) 5 8 g and 18X (four manufactured by san-apr〇) Grade amine salt) 〇 2〇g, at 8〇. Mix underarm for η hours. After the completion of the reaction, reprecipitation was carried out with decyl alcohol, and the precipitate was dissolved in ethyl acetate to obtain a solution. After washing the solution three times, the solvent was distilled off to obtain a white powder of 13.4 g of polyorganomethoxy oxy hydride compound A-4. A, the number is 7,600. [Synthesis Example A-5] In the same manner as in Synthesis Example a-1 except that the specific carboxylic acid 1 was used instead of 6 8 g of the hydrazine carboxylic acid 3 obtained in Synthesis Example 8, 丨 4 7 g of polyorganismite was obtained. A white powder of Compound A-5 was burned. The Mw of a-5 is 8,1〇〇. The sesquiterpene oxide having an acrylonitrile group is as follows, (sesquioxane having an acrylonitrile group) AC-SQ: "AC-SQ TA-100", manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd. [Synthesis Example A-6] [Reaction of sesquiterpene oxide having propylene sulfhydryl group and nucleophilic compound (thiol)] Adding half of a propylene group to a 500 mL three-necked flask equipped with a stirrer and a thermometer矽 alkane AC-SQ ΤΑ-1〇〇 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) 16, 〇g, n-dodecyl-indole thiol (DT) 4 〇.5g as a nucleophilic compound (AC-SQ propylene oxime) The reaction was carried out by heating acetonitrile i6 〇 mL as a solvent and 22.3 g of triethylamine as a catalyst, heating to 50 ° C, and stirring for 90 minutes. After completion of the reaction, the organic layer was extracted, washed with a 0.2% by mass aqueous solution of nitric acid until the water after washing was neutral, and the solvent and the catalyst were distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain a viscous 205.0 g of polyorganosiloxane A-6.透-91 - 201229139 The liquid-to-liquid phase of the S-polyorganosiloxane is determined by GPC. The average weight of the polystyrene-converted J-knife 罝 M w is 5,90 〇. [Synthesis Example -7] [Reaction of a hydrolysis condensate having an epoxy group and a carboxylic acid] 80 g of a hydrolysis condensate S2 having a % oxy group obtained in Synthesis Example S 2 was placed in a 2 〇〇 mL three-necked flask, 25.0 g of mercaptoisobutyl ketone as a solvent, 33.8 g of cardiooctyl benzoic acid (pretilt component 1) as a slow acid, and ucat 18X as a catalyst (hardening accelerator of epoxy compound manufactured by san-apro) 0g, stirring was carried out for 48 hours under i〇〇〇c. After the completion of the reaction, ethyl acetate was added to the reaction mixture, and the obtained organic layer was washed with water three times. After drying over magnesium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off to obtain 100.28. The polyoxyalkylene octa-7 was 7. The polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight Mw measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) was 7,1 Å. [Synthesis Example A- 8] 9.8 g of polyorgano-oxygen S-1 having an epoxy group, methyl iso-y 28 g obtained in the above Synthesis Example sd, and 8.0 g of a specific slow acid obtained in the above Synthesis Example 2 were placed in a 100 mL three-necked flask. 1. Spearic acid 5 ξ-cholesteril-3-yl (pretilt component 3) 2.6 g and UCAT 18X represented by the above formula (5-6) The quaternary amine salt manufactured by san-apro) 〇.2〇g was stirred at 8 ° C for 12 hours. After the reaction was completed, reprecipitation was carried out with decyl alcohol, and the precipitate was dissolved in ethyl acetate. After washing three times with water, the solvent was obtained to obtain a white powder of 1 5% g of polyorganomethoxy hydride compound A-8. The Mw of A-10 was 9,200 [Synthetic Example A-9] -92 - 201229139 In a 200 mL three-necked flask 80 g of the hydrolysis condensate S-2 having an epoxy group obtained in Synthesis Example S-2, methyl isobutyl _ 25.0 g as a solvent, 42.7 g of a specific carboxylic acid 1 and UCAT 18X as a catalyst (san-apro) were added thereto. 0.8 g of the curing accelerator of the produced epoxy compound was stirred at 1 ° C for 48 hours. After the reaction was completed, ethyl acetate was added to the reaction mixture, and the obtained organic layer was washed with water three times and dried over magnesium sulfate. After that, the solvent was distilled off to obtain 98.2 g of polyorganooxane A-9. The polyorganosiloxane A-9 had a polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight Mw measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC). 8,100. [Synthesis Example A-10] In a 200 mL three-necked flask, 80 g of an epoxy group-containing hydrolytic condensation obtained in Synthesis Example S-2 was added. S-2, 25.0 g of methyl isobutyl ketone as a solvent, 42.7 g of a specific carboxylic acid 1, 28.2 g of 4-octyloxybenzoic acid (pretilt component 1), and UCAT 18X (san-apro as a catalyst) 1.7 g of the curing accelerator of the produced epoxy compound was stirred at 100 ° C for 48 hours. After the reaction was completed, the organic layer obtained by adding ethyl acetate in the reaction mixture was washed 3 times, and dried with sulfuric acid money. Thereafter, the solvent was removed to obtain 125.7 g of polyorganooxane A-10. The polyorganosiloxane A-l? had a polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight Mw of 10,200 as measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC). [Synthesis Example A-1 1; | In place of 4-octyloxybenzoic acid (pretilt component 1) 28.2 g, 4-(4-pentylcyclohexyl)benzoic acid represented by the above formula (5-7) was used ( In addition to the pretilt component 2) of 30.9 g, i28.5 g of polyorganoxanthene A-1 1 was obtained as in Synthesis Example A-10. The polyphenylene oxide-reduced poly(ethylene oxide)-measured weight average molecular weight Mw measured by gel permeation chromatography -93-201229139 (GPC) was 11,500. [Synthesis Example A-12] In a 200 ml three-necked flask, 60 g of a hydrolysis condensate S-3 having an epoxy group obtained in Synthesis Example s 3, and a mercapto-isobutyl group as a solvent were added. 20.0 g, 20.1 g of a specific carboxylic acid 2, and UCAT 18X (a hardening accelerator for an epoxy compound manufactured by San-apro) as a catalyst, 5 g, were mixed at 100 ° C for 48 hours to carry out a reaction. After the completion of the reaction, ethyl acetate was added to the reaction mixture, and the obtained organic layer was washed with water three times, dried over magnesium sulfate, and then evaporated to give 5 6 -8 g of polyorganooxane a-12. The polyorganosiloxane A-1 2 had a polystyrene-equivalent weight average molecular weight Mw of 8,600 as measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC). [Synthesis Example A-13] 6 〇g of the hydrolysis condensate S-3 having a % oxy group obtained in Synthesis Example s_3, and thiol isobutyl ketone as a solvent were added to a 200 mL three-necked flask. .lg specific carboxylic acid 4, 4-(4-pentylcyclohexyl)benzoic acid represented by the above formula (5-7) (pretilt component 2) 12 3 § and UCAT 18X as a catalyst (epoxy compound manufactured by san-apro) Hardening accelerator) 〇.6g 'The reaction was carried out by stirring at 10 ° C for 48 hours. After completion of the reaction, the organic layer obtained by adding ethyl acetate in the reaction mixture was washed with water three times, dried over magnesium sulfate, and then evaporated, and then, 55.9 g of polyorganoxane A-13 was obtained. The weight average of the polyethylene measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC) for the δH polyorganic shirt 7 ^ Λ 1 Λ - alkane A] 3' was 8,300 in terms of the average molecular weight Mw of 8 7 & [Synthesis Example A -1 4] Into a 100 mL three-necked flask, 10-g - 201229139 obtained in the above Synthesis Example S-4, 10 g of a polyorganosiloxane having an epoxy group, and 20 g of decylisobutylamine were added. 4.35 g of the specific carboxylic acid 5 and UCAT 18X (the quaternary ammonium salt of San-apro) obtained in the above Synthesis Example 13 were 0.10 g at 8 Torr. (: stirring for 12 hours. After the reaction was completed, reprecipitation was carried out with methanol, and the precipitate was dissolved in acetic acid to obtain a solution. After washing the sigma solution three times, the solvent was taken out to obtain 10.9 g of polyorganismite. The white powder of the compound A-14 was oxy-fired. The Mw of the polyorgano-oxygenated compound A-14 was 6,400. [Synthesis Example A-15] The l obtained in the above Synthesis Example S-4 was added to a 100 mL three-necked flask.聚g polyorganooxy siloxane S-4 having an epoxy group, fluorenyl isobutyl ketone 2 〇 g, 6.95 g of a specific carboxylic acid 5 obtained in the above Synthesis Example 13, and 4-(4) represented by the above formula (5-7) -pentylcyclohexyl)benzoic acid (pretilt component 2) 154 § and UCAT 18X (quaternary amine salt manufactured by san-apro) 〇.2〇g, sandalwood at 8 ° C for 12 hours. After re-precipitation with decyl alcohol, the solution was dissolved in ethyl acetate to obtain a solution. After washing the solution three times, the solvent was obtained to obtain 1 3.7 g of polyorganosiloxane compound A-1 5 white. The Mw of the polyorganosiloxane compound A-1 5 is 7,700. [Synthetic Example A-1 6] In addition to the 4-(4-pentylcyclohexyl)anene represented by the above formula (5-7), 1.54 g of a citric acid, and 15.5% of a ruthenium succinic acid-containing succinic acid (pretilt component 3) represented by the above formula (5-6), and 15. lg of a synthetic organic oxime A white powder of the compound A-16 was burned. Polyorganic; the Mw of the oxalyl compound A-16 was 8,200. [Synthesis Example A -1 7] The -95- obtained in the above Synthesis Example S_4 was added to a 100 mL three-necked flask. 201229139 l〇g polyorganooxynonane S_4 having an epoxy group, 2〇g of methyl isobutyl ketone, 7.2 6 g of a specific carboxylic acid obtained in the above Synthesis Example 3, 3,4-octyloxybenzoic acid (pretilt angle) Ingredient 1) 3.52g and UCAT 18X (quaternary amine salt manufactured by san-apro) 〇.20g 'at 80. (: stirring for 12 hours. After the reaction is over, reprecipitation with methanol is carried out) The precipitate is dissolved in acetic acid In the ester, a solution was obtained, and the solution was washed with water three times, and then the solvent was distilled off to obtain a white powder of 158 g of a polyorganosiloxane compound A-1 7. The Mw of the polyorganosiloxane compound A_丨7 was 9,100. [Synthetic Example A-18] 4-(4-pentylcyclohexyl) represented by the above formula (5-7), except for the substitution of 4-octyloxybenzoic acid (pretilt component 丨) 3 5 2 g Benzoic acid (pretilt component 2) 3.8 6 g, as in Synthesis Example a -1 7 , a white powder of 1 5.4 g of polyorgano-oxygenated compound A -1 8 was obtained. Polyorganismite compound A The Mw of -1 8 is 8,900. [Synthesis Example A-19] In addition to 7.27 g of the specific carboxylic acid 3, 15 5 g of a polyorganosiloxane compound A was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example A-17 except that 6.17 g of the specific carboxylic acid 6 obtained in the above Synthesis Example 15 was used. -1 of 9 white powder. The Mw of the polyorganosite compound A-19 was 9,100 » [Synthesis Example A-20] In addition to the substitution of 7_26 g of the specific carboxylic acid 3, 5.78 g of the specific carboxylic acid 7 obtained in the above Synthesis Example 16 was used, and the synthesis was carried out. Example A-17 - Oak, a white powder of 15.3 g of polyorganophosphorus compound A-20. The polyorganooxalate compound A-20 had a Mw of 9,000. [Synthesis Example A-21] -96-201229139 In the same manner as in Synthesis Example A-1 7 except that 7.26 g of the specific carboxylic acid 3 was used instead of the 7.1 8 g of the specific carboxylic acid 8 obtained in the above Synthesis Example 17, 15.6 g was obtained. A white powder of polyorganotite compound A-21. The Mw of the polyorgano-oxygenated compound A-21 was 9,300. [Synthesis Example A-2 2] In addition to 7.26 g of the specific carboxylic acid 3, 15.2 g of a polymer was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example A-1 7 except that 6 · 18 g of the specific carboxylic acid 9 obtained in the above Synthesis Example 18 was used. A white powder of the organic oxalate compound A-22. The Mw of the polyorganosiloxane compound A-22 was 8,900. [Synthesis Example A-23] In addition to 7.27 g of the specific carboxylic acid 3, except that 7.07 g of the specific carboxylic acid 10 obtained in the above Synthesis Example 19 was used, as in Synthesis Example A-17, 15.8 g of a polyorganosiloxane compound was obtained. A-23 white powder. The Mw of the polyorganosulfonated compound A-23 was 9,500. [Synthesis Example A-24] In the same manner as in Synthesis Example A-1 7 except that 8.26 g of the specific carboxylic acid 3 was used instead of 8.289 g of the specific carboxylic acid 1 obtained in the above Synthesis Example 20, 15.6 g of polyorganofluorene was obtained. A white powder of the alkane compound A-24. The polyorganosiloxane compound A-24 had a Mw of 9,200. [Synthesis Example A-25] In the same manner as in the synthesis example A -1 7 except that 7.26 g of the specific carboxylic acid 3 was used instead of the specific carboxylic acid 1 2 obtained in the above Synthesis Example 22, 15.5 g of a polymer was obtained. A white powder of an organic oxoxane compound A-25. The Mw of the polyorganooxygenated compound A-19 was 9,100. The synthesis results of the above polyorganosiloxane compound (A) are summarized in the following Table -1, and the "-" in Table 1 indicates that the compound is not used. [Table 1] Polyorganosiloxane (8) Polyorganosiloxane precursor, specific carboxylic acid, other pretilt-developing compound, weight average molecular weight, yield (g), amount of use (mol%), amount of use (mol%), synthesis Example Α-1 Α-1 S-1 Specific carboxylic acid 1 25 Pretilt component 1 25 6,500 14.5 Synthesis Example Α-2 Α-2 S-1 Specific carboxylic acid 1 25 Pretilt component 2 25 7,900 13.4 Synthesis Example Α-3 Α-3 S-1 Specific carboxylic acid 1 40 Pretilt component 2 10 8,900 13.9 Synthesis example Α-4 Α-4 S-1 Specific carboxylic acid 1 10 Pretilt component 2 40 7,600 13.4 Synthesis example Α-5 Α-5 S -1 Specific carboxylic acid 3 25 Pretilt component 1 25 8,100 14.7 Synthesis Example Α-6 Α-6 AC-SQ - - DT 20 5,900 205.0 Synthesis Example Α-7 Α-7 S-2 - - Pretilt component 1 30 7 , 1〇〇100.2 Synthesis Example Α-8 Α-8 S-1 Specific carboxylic acid 1 40 Pretilt component 3 10 9,200 15.5 Synthesis Example Α-9 Α-9 S-2 Specific carboxylic acid 1 25 - - 8,100 98.2 Synthesis Example Α-10 Α-10 S-2 Specific carboxylic acid 1 25 Pretilt component 1 25 10,200 125.7 Synthesis Example Α-11 Α-11 S-2 Specific carboxylic acid 1 25 Pretilt component 2 25 11,500 128.5 Synthesis Example Α-12 Α -12 S-3 specific carboxylic acid 2 25 - - 8, 600 56.8 Synthesis Example Α-13 Α-13 S-3 Specific carboxylic acid 4 10 Pretilt component 2 20 8,3〇〇55.9 Synthesis Example Α-14 Α-14 S-4 Specific carboxylic acid 5 25 - - 6,400 10.9 Synthesis Example Α-15 Α-15 S-4 Specific carboxylic acid 5 40 Pretilt composition 2 10 7,700 13.7 Synthesis Example Α-16 Α-16 S-4 Specific carboxylic acid 5 40 Pretilt component 3 10 8,200 15.1 Synthesis Example Α-17 Α-17 S-4 Specific carboxylic acid 3 25 Pretilt component 1 25 9,100 15.8 Synthesis example Α-18 Α-18 S-4 Specific carboxylic acid 3 25 Pretilt component 2 25 8,900 15.4 Synthesis example Α-19 Α-19 S -4 Specific carboxylic acid 6 25 Pretilt component 1 25 9,1〇〇15.5 Synthesis Example Α-20 Α-20 S-4 Specific carboxylic acid 7 25 Pretilt component 1 25 9,000 15.3 Synthesis Example Α-21 Α-21 S -4 Specific carboxylic acid 8 25 Pretilt composition 1 25 9,300 15.6 Synthesis Example Α-22 Α-22 S-4 Specific carboxylic acid 9 25 Pretilt component 1 25 8,900 15.2 Synthesis Example Α-23 Α-23 S-4 Specific carboxy Acid 10 25 Pretilt composition 1 25 9,500 15.8 Synthesis Example Α-24 Α-24 S-4 Specific carboxylic acid 11 25 Pretilt composition 1 25 9,200 15.6 Synthesis Example Α-25 Α-25 S-4 Specific carboxylic acid 12 25 Pre Inclination component 1 25 9,100 15.5 Other pretilt angles in Table 1 above The present compounds are shown in the following compounds. Further, the amount used (% by mole) is represented by mol% relative to Si atoms in the polyorganosiloxane precursor. Pretilt component 1 : 4-octyloxybenzoic acid pretilt component 2 : 4-(4-pentylcyclohexyl)benzoic acid pretilt component 3 : succinic acid 5 ξ - cholestane-3-yl <polymer (Β Synthesis] -98- 201229139 [Synthetic Example Pl] Dissolving cyclobutane tetraphthalic acid dianhydride 19_61 g (〇_i mole) and 44,_2 in 367.6 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone Amino 2,2'-dimethylbiphenyl 2 1 · 2 3 g (0.1 mol) was reacted at room temperature for 6 hours. Next, the reaction mixture was poured into a large excess of sterol to precipitate a reaction product. The temple was washed with methanol and dried under reduced pressure. Drying under the pan for 15 hours gave 35 g of poly-proline acid PA-1. [Synthesis Example P-2] 1 8 85 g of 2,3,5-tricarboxycyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride as a tetracarboxylic acid, and 8 84 g as a diamine were dissolved in 140 g of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone The diamine represented by the following formula (G-4) of the compound and 7.31 g of para-aniline were reacted at 60 ° C for 4 hours. The viscosity of the polymerization solution was measured and found to be 2,15 〇nlPa.s. The reaction solution was poured into an excess of sterol to precipitate a reaction product. Then, it was washed with methanol under reduced pressure. Drying under the arm for 24 hours gave polyamic acid. The obtained polylysine was all redissolved in 465 g of N-mercapto-2-dehydrazine. Add pyridine 6 _ 6 5 g and acetic anhydride 8.5 9 g at 1 Hz. (: dehydration ring closure was carried out for 4 hours). As described above, precipitation, washing, and depressurization were carried out to obtain 2 3.1 g of polyimine imine p I _ 1 having an azetization ratio of 50%.
-99- 201229139 在200gN-曱基-2-吼咯啶酮中溶解作為四緩酸二軒 的2,3,5-三幾基環戊基乙酸二酐24.94g、作氣_ _ F马一胺化合物 的下述式(G-5)表示的二胺1 l.24g和3,5-二胺灵容自 土文思杳酸 13.82g,在60°C下反應4小時。測定該聚合液的黏度為 l,40 0mPa.s。將反應溶液注入過量很多的甲 ” ' 》几〉殿 反應產物。然後,用甲醇清洗,在減壓下於4〇 t乾燥Μ 小時,獲得聚醯胺酸。將獲得的聚醯胺酸全部再溶解、 450gN-曱基-2-吡咯啶酮中,添加吡啶13 2〇g和乙酸酐 17.04g ’在ll〇°C下脫水閉環4小時,和上述—樣進行沉-99- 201229139 Dissolved 24.94g of 2,3,5-trimethylcyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride as tetrazoic acid diterpene in 200gN-mercapto-2-oxaridinone, as a gas _ _ F horse The amine compound represented by the following formula (G-5), the diamine 1 l.24 g and the 3,5-diamine spirit, were 13.82 g from the crude soil, and reacted at 60 ° C for 4 hours. The viscosity of the polymerization solution was measured to be 1,40 mPa.s. The reaction solution was poured into a large amount of the reaction product of a large amount of "A", and then washed with methanol and dried under reduced pressure at 4 Torr for several hours to obtain polylysine. Dissolved, 450g of N-mercapto-2-pyrrolidone, adding pyridine 13 2〇g and acetic anhydride 17.04g 'dehydration ring closure at ll ° ° C for 4 hours, and sinking as described above
澱、清洗、減壓乾燥,獲得27_8g醯亞胺化率69%的 亞胺PI-2。 AThe mixture was washed, washed, and dried under reduced pressure to give <RTI ID=0.0>> A
在200gN- f基_2_吡咯啶酮中溶解作為四羧酸二酐 的2,3,5-三绩基環戊基乙酸二酐23 〇6g、作為二胺化合物 的3,5-二胺基安息香酸丨1〇lg、上述式(G_4)表示的二胺 10.81g和上述式(G_5)表不的二胺512g,在⑼。◦下反應4 】時』j定4 4合液的黏度,為丨,3 QQmpa · s。將反應溶 液注入過量报多的甲醇中,沉澱反應產物。然後,用甲 醇/月;先,在減壓下於4〇°c乾燥24小日夺,獲得聚酿胺酸。 [合成例P-4] -100- 201229139 將獲得的聚醯胺酸全部再溶解於45〇gN-曱基-2-吡咯。定 酮中,添加吡咬8.1 4 g和乙酸酐1 0.5 0 g ’在11 〇 °c下進行脫 水閉環4小時,和上述一樣進行沉澱、清洗、減壓乾燥, 獲得30.5g醯亞胺化率55%的聚醯亞胺PI-3。 <液晶配向劑的製備〉 [實施例1 ] 對於上述合成例P- 1中獲得的含有聚醯胺酸PA_丨的 溶液以換算成其含有的聚醯胺酸p A -1為1 〇 〇質量份的相 當量’在其中分別加入5質量份上述聚有機矽氧烷化合物 A-卜5質量份上述聚有機矽氧烷化合物a_6作為其他聚合 物,進而加入N-甲基_2-吡咯啶酮和丁基溶纖劑,製成溶 劑組成為N-曱基-2-吡咯啶酮:丁基溶纖劑=5〇 : 5〇(質量 比)、固體成分濃度為3.5質量%的溶液。該溶液用孔徑 〇 .2 μηι的過濾器過濾,製備液晶配向劑E_ 1。 <液晶單元的製造和評價> 使用上述製備的液晶配向劑,如下所述改變透明電 極的圖案(兩種)和紫外線照射量(3個水準),製造共6個液 晶顯示元件並評價。 [具有未圖案化的透明電極的液晶單元的製造] 在具備I τ 〇膜構成的携明雨托认* 士 4 X的透明电極的玻璃基板的透明電 極面上使用旋塗法塗有 布上述I備的液晶配向劑£-1,在 8〇°c的加熱板上進行1分错 ^ ^ 刀鐘的預加熱後’在氮氣置換的烘 相中,在200〇C下加埶],n士 Λ,,, …1小日守’形成骐厚0.08μιη的塗膜(液 日日配向膜)。重複該操作,製作 F I作具有液晶配向膜的一對( 兩塊)基板。 -101 201229139 相對於β亥塗膜,冑由用具有捲繞了人造絲布的觀的 摩擦器,以㈣速4GGnm、載台移動速度3em/秒、賊毛 壓入長度0.1義進行摩擦處理。_,在超純水中進们 分鐘=超音波清洗,接著在100。〇無塵烘箱中乾燥1〇分中 ,獲付具有液晶配向膜的基板。重複該操作,獲得具有 液晶配向膜的一對(兩塊)基板。 接著,在上述一對基板之一具有的液晶配向膜的外 緣上塗布加入了直徑5.5 μιη的氧化鋁球的環氧樹脂黏合 劑後,使液晶配向膜面相對重疊壓著,硬化黏合劑。接 著,由液晶注入口在一對基板間填充向列型液晶(Merck 製造,MLC-6608)後,用丙烯酸類光硬化黏合劑封閉液 晶注入口,製造液晶單元。 重複進行上述操作’製造3個具有未圖案化的透明電 極的液晶單元。它們中的1個直接進行後述的預傾角的評 價。對剩下的兩個液晶單元’分別藉由下述方法在IT〇 電極間施加電壓的狀態下照射光後,供給到預傾角和電 壓保持率的評價中。 上述獲付的液晶早70中的兩個分別在IΤ 〇電極間施 加頻率60Hz的交流電壓1 0V,以驅動液晶的狀態,使用 光源為金屬_化物燈的紫外線照射裝置,紫外線以 10,000J/m2或100,000J/m2的照射量照射。另外,該照射 量為使用以波長3 6 5 n m為基準測量的曝光表進行測量的 值。 [預傾角的評價] 對上述製造的各液晶單元,分別基於非專利文獻 -102- 201229139 2(T. J. Scheffer et. al., J. Appl. Phys. vo. 48, p. 1783(1977))和非專利文獻 3(F. Nakano et. al·,JPN. J. Appl. Phys. v〇. 19,p. 20 1 3(1 980))中記載的方法,藉由 使用He-Ne雷射的結晶旋轉法測定的液晶分子由基板面 傾斜的角度作為預傾角。 未照射光的液晶單元、照射量10,000J/m2的液晶單元 和照射量100,〇00J/m2的液晶單元各自的預傾角示於表2 中 〇 [電壓保持率的評價] 對上述製造的各液晶單元,在23 °C下以1 67毫秒的間 距施加60微秒的5 V電壓後,螂定從解除加壓起1 67毫秒後 的電壓保持率。測定裝置使用TOYO TECHNICA公司製作 的、VHR-1 〇 照射量10,000J/m2的液晶單元和照射量10,000J/m2 的液晶單元各自的電壓保持率示於表2中。 [具有圖案化的透明電極的液晶單元的製造(1)] 在分別具有第1圖所示狹縫狀圖案的呈多個區域劃 分的ITO電極的玻璃基板a和B的各電極面上藉由旋塗法 塗布上述製備的液晶配向劑E-1,在80°C的加熱板上加熱 1分鐘(預加熱)除去溶劑後,在氮氣置換的烘箱中、2〇〇。〇 下加熱1小時,形成膜厚〇.〇8μιη的塗膜(液晶配向膜)。重 複該操作’獲得具有液晶配向膜的一對(兩塊)基板。 接著,在上述一對基板之一具有的液晶配向膜的外 緣上塗布加入直徑5 · 5 μηι氧化鋁球的環氧樹脂黏合劑後 ’將液晶配向膜面相對重疊壓著’硬化黏合劑。接著, -103- 201229139 由液晶注入口在一對基板間填充向列型液晶(M e r c k製造 ,MLC-660 8)後’用丙烯酸類光硬化黏合劑封閉液晶涑 入口,製造液晶單元。 重複進行上述操作,製造3個具有圖案化的透明電極 的液晶單元。它們中的1個直接供給於後述的反應速度烀 價。剩餘的兩個液晶單元與上述具有未圖案化透明電極 的液晶單元製造中一樣的方法,在導電膜間施加電壓的 狀態下以10,000J/m2或100,000J/m2的照射量照射光後, 供給到反應速度的評價中。 另外,這裏使用的電極圖案是與PS A模式的電極圖 案相同種類的圖案。 [反應速度的評價] 對上述製造的各液晶單元’先不施加電壓,照射可 見光燈,用光萬用表(photo multimeter)測定透過液晶單 元的光亮度’該值作為相對透過率〇 %。接著,在液晶單 元的電極間施加5秒鐘的交流電壓6 〇 V,此時的透過率和 上述一樣測定,該值作為相對透過率1 〇 〇 〇/〇。 此時’對各液晶單元施加交流電壓6 〇 V時,測定相對 透過率從10°/。轉成90%的時間’該時間定義為反應速度, 進行評價。 未照射光的液晶單元、照射量1〇,〇〇〇J/m2的液晶單元 和照射ϊ 100,0〇〇J/m2的液晶單元的反應速度分別示於表 2中。 [具有圖案化的透明電極的液晶單元的製造(2)] 使用上述製備的液晶配向劑,使用分別具有以第2圖 -104- 201229139 所示魚刺狀圖案的IΤ 0電極的玻璃基板A和B以外,和 述具有圖案化的透明電極的液晶單元的製造(1) 一樣, 造未照射光的液晶單元、照射量10,000J/m2的液晶單元 照射量100,OOOJ/m2的液晶單元,分別和上述一樣供給 反應速度的評價中。評價結果示於表2中。 [實施例2~34以及比較例1和2] 上述實施例1中,聚合物(B)和聚有機矽氧烷化合 (A)(成分1和根據需要添加的成分2)的種類和混合量 別如表2中所記載的那樣以外,和實施例1 一樣製備液 配向劑,使用該液晶配向劑製造各種液晶單元並評價 評價結果示於表2中。 上 製 和 於 物 分 晶 -105 201229139 [表2] 量JH)案化電極的液 反應速度(msec.) 紫外線照射量(J/m2) 100,000 二 CNJ σ> 二 寸 二 CM m 寸 CM 二 CO 二 CO 二 CM o 二 寸 CO O Oi O CT) 寸 二 CO σ> 00 GO σ> 00 σ> CO 10,000 _I CSJ CSJ CO O) CO CM GO CO eg 寸 CD 卜 03 in CO CNJ σ> CO cvj s 00 00 in CM CM CO 寸 LO 对 LT> m 寸 寸 〇 CO C0 s s CO CO 另 00 CO CO eg 00 CSJ CO CO CM CD CO CNJ in CO CSI CO 另 05 CM CO CM \r> CO <N CO Κ (D CM csj (Ο CM 量飄案化電極的液 反應速度(msec.) 紫外線照射量(J/m2) 〇 〇 〇 卜 σ> LO CO CO CM to CM in CNi <£> o CO CM CM 00 α> 二 00 in CNI ίο CM CM 00 CO 卜 二 CM CM 卜 二 ο o o 二 〇 Ο 05 co 00 CM 10,000 CO CNi ΙΩ <Μ s CSi CM σ> CM 艺 CO CO CNi eg 00 σ> CVi <〇 CM CNJ 卜 另 oo CM CO csj σ> s CO 另 CM to to in CD to if> CD 〇 ΓΟ CO CO σ> eg <〇 CO S oo CO E5 CD CM 00 CM CO CO 05 CM CO CO σ> CM in CO CNJ CO 05 CM in CO CM CO 5 00 0*4 to CSI 5 <〇 CM 00 Cvi s s 具有未圖案化電極的液晶單元 電壓保持率(%) 紫外線照射S (J/m2) 100,000 σ> L 99.2 1 丨 99.3 1 I 99.3 I 1 99.2 1 (J) σ> CO ai σ> L 99.4 I I 99.1 | | 9_M— I 99.2 I 1 99.4 I 1 99.3 1 1 99.4 i 1 99.2 1 I 99.2 I I 99.1 ! 1 99.2 i 1 99.2 1 1 99.4 1 1 99.4 1 1 99.2 1 1 99.2 1 1 99.4 1 1 99.3 I 1 99.4 1 1 99.4 1 I 99.4 1 1 99.4 1 々 σ> σ> 99.4 I 寸 ai σ> 99.4 | CO σ> σ> ,99.0 I 10,000 CO σ> σ> 1 99.3 1 1 99.5 1 I 99.5 I 对 σ> I 99.3 I I 99.4 I I 99.3 I I 99.6 I I 99.3 I I 99.6 | I 99.4 I 1 99.6 1 1 99.5 1 1 99.6 1 1 99.3 1 I 99.4 I 1 99.3 j 1 99.4 1 1 99.4 1 1 99.6 1 1 99.5 1 1 99.4 1 1 99.3 1 1 99.6 1 1 99.4 I 1 99.6 1 1 99.6 1 I 99.6 1 <〇 σ> σ> 1 99.6 1 I 99.6 I I 99.6 | I 99.6 I co ai σ> :99.1 I 預傾角Γ ) 紫外線照射fi(J/m2) 〇 〇 〇 οο 1 83.6 1 1 81.0 j I 83.5 I 1 87.3 I 81.3 1 I 87.4 | CO oo I 88.2 I I 83.7 I 87.3 I 81.5 1 86.7 1 1 87.2 00 in 00 o δ 1 86.5 1 1 86.3 1 1 86.5 1 丨 86.9 1 1 86.8 1 1 87.5 | 87.8 | 87.3 1 1 87.5 | 87.4 1 δ 87.4 I CM ES '87.4 I 81.3 I 〇 〇 〇' CM 00 ο I 86.0 I I 86.6 I 1 88.9 1 1 86.2 1 I 88.7 | σ> 00 I 89.2 I I 87.0 | I 88.3 I I 86.1 I o 00 00 1 88.5 I 1 88.4 1 1 87.3 | I 88.2 I 1 88.6 1 c〇 S L87JI 1 87.5 | 1 88.8 I 1 88.0 1 1 88.5 1 1 88,2 1 〇6 00 [88.9 1 88.3 1 ,88.2 1 1 88.3 1 88.3 1 88.2 I I 88.3 I I 88.2 I CSJ QO OO 86.2 I 〇 00 σ> οο 1 89.9 1 I 89.9 I σ> σ) 00 1 89.9 1 1 89.8 1 I 89.8 I I89.8 I I 89.9 I I 89.9 I I 89.9 I I 89.8 I 1 89.9 1 1 89.9 1 1 89.9 1 1 89.8 I I 89.9 I 1 89.8 1 1 89.8 1 I 89.9 1 丨 89,9 1 1 89.9 1 1 89.8 1 1 89.8 1 1 89.9 1 1 89.8 1 1 89.9 1 i 89.9 1 1 89.9 1 1 89.9 1 ! 89.9 1 89.9 I I 89.9 I 89.9 | C7) ai 00 89.8 I 聚有機矽氣烷化合物(A) (相對於聚合物(B)100質量份的混合量) 成分2 調配量 (質量份) ο LO in o CO CO CO in in CO CO 1 CO 1 CO I CO 1 1 1 CO CO in CO CO 1 CO c〇 c〇 CO CO CO CO in o 種類 CD I < 1 Α-7 1 CO 1 < 〇 CO I 〇 < 1 < 1 AC-SQI CD I < CO < I A-7 CO I < 〇 ¢0 I o < CD 1 < 1 [a-7 丨 1 CO 1 < I 1 AC-SQI 1 1 1 CD 1 < 〇 (O 1 〇 < 1 AC-SQI CD 1 < 1 AC-SQI 1 ο to 1 ο < 〇 (D 1 〇 σ CO 1 o σ CO 1 ο < 〇 u> I 〇 < I AC-SQI I AC-SQI I < ① I < 成分1 調配5 (質量份) ΙΤ5 o o o in in a o in o in o in LO in in o o to tn o io o ο o o ο o o 〇 I I 種類 1 < CM 1 < 00 1 < I A-3 | 1 A-4 | 00 1 < I A-2 I I a-4 | I A-4 | I A-5 j l A-2 I CO 1 < σ> < O) 1 < 〇 T < o T < Τ Ι < r— < 1 A-12| LA-121 LA-131 |A-141 LO 7 < CD T < ω T < 卜 T < 00 T < Ο) τ < < < CSJ CM 1 < co <N I < < in eg I < I I 聚合物 (B) τ~ 1 < Q. Τ Ι < 1 PA-1 I I PI-1 1 I PI-1 I 1 Pi-1 I I PI-2 I I- PI-2 I I PI-2 I I PI-2 l I PI-2 I 1 PI-2 丨 产 1 E I PI-2 1 丨 PI-1 I 1 PI-1 I l PI-2 I LPh-21 1 PI-3 1 LBr-31 1 PI-2 1 CO 1 0: 1 PI-1 1 1 0: :PI-2 I LPI-31 T— E 1 δ: 0: ! PI-1 I T·- CL r~ 0: τ- Ι 0: r— I D: 丄 ;1酽 产 1 ΐϋ CN 1 LU CO I UJ 1 E-4..I I E-5 i (D I LU I E-7 | 00 I UJ 0> I UJ 〇 T UJ r~ T LU IE-121 CO T LU 寸 T UJ IE-151 CD T UJ T Lit 00 T LLI T LU 8 LU r*· CM 1 LU CSJ CM I LI) CO CVJ 1 m UJ Lf) CsJ LU CO CNJ m csi m ω CM 山 σ> eg 1 UJ LU I UJ CN CO I LU CO co I LU 寸 CO I LiJ T"- I LU 〇 ICE-2! ϊ m κ CM 匡 m κ CO 匡 m K 寸 m K in 匡 m K to 匡 m w 卜 {« CO 匡 m K σ> S m w i 闺 w 5 m K <N i m w CO i m K 寸 i m H in 5 m K CD Ϊ m K i m [K GO ί m K σ> Ϊ 6¾ 匡 m 肫 革 m w CNI (N m i£i K CO CVi 匡 m K 5 碑 M LO CM 匡 m CD 匡 m K c\i 匡 埕 Μ 00 CN) 荜 m (W σ> (N 匡 m CO m 闺 Ά CM CO m 握 K CO CO m 1£) K m K i 齡 a CM & u -106- .201229139 由表2的結果可知,本發明的方法中,紫外線照射量 以100,000"1112(1>8八模式目前採用的值。)照射獲得的預傾 角的程度為過度,以10,〇〇〇j/m2或以下的照射量獲得的預 傾角較合適。此外,即使照射量少時也能獲得充分快的 反應速度,進而電壓保持率也優良。 因此’根據本發明的方法’能以少的光照射量實現 PSA模式的優點’且能製造相比目前的PSa模式液晶顯示 元件而言液晶反應速度快的液晶顯示元件。 [產業實用性] 根據本發明’能提供一種視角廣、液晶分子的反鹿 速度快 '顯示特性和長期可靠性優良的液晶顯示元件的 製造方法。 【圖式簡單說明】 第1圖是表示實施例和比較例中製造的具有圖案化 的透明導電膜的液晶單元中的透明導電膜圖案的說明圖 〇 第2圖是表示實施例和比較例中製造的具有圖案化 的透明導電膜的液晶單元中的透明導電膜圖案的說明圖 〇 【主要元件符號說明】 1 ITO電極 2 狹縫部 3 遮光膜 -107-2,3,5-trisylcyclopentyl acetic acid dianhydride as a tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 23 〇6 g, 3,5-diamine as a diamine compound, dissolved in 200 g of N-f-based 2-pyrrolidinone The benzoic acid hydrazone 1 〇1, 10.81 g of the diamine represented by the above formula (G_4) and the 512 g of the diamine represented by the above formula (G_5) are (9). Underarm reaction 4] When the viscosity of the 4 4 liquid mixture is 丨, 3 QQmpa · s. The reaction solution was poured into an excess of methanol to precipitate a reaction product. Then, with methanol/month; first, it was dried at 4 ° C for 24 hours under reduced pressure to obtain polylactoic acid. [Synthesis Example P-4] -100 - 201229139 The obtained polyamic acid was all redissolved in 45 〇g of N-mercapto-2-pyrrole. In the ketone, 8.1 4 g of pyridazole and 1.00 g of acetic anhydride were added to carry out dehydration ring closure at 11 ° C for 4 hours, and precipitation, washing and drying under reduced pressure were carried out to obtain 30.5 g of ruthenium imidization ratio. 55% polyimine PI-3. <Preparation of Liquid Crystal Aligning Agent> [Example 1] The solution containing poly-proline PA_丨 obtained in the above Synthesis Example P-1 was converted into a polyglycine p A -1 contained therein to be 1 〇 An equivalent amount of 〇 parts by mass, wherein 5 parts by mass of the above polyorganosiloxane compound A- 5 parts by mass of the above polyorganosiloxane compound a_6 is added as another polymer, and further N-methyl 2 -pyrrole is added thereto. The ketone and butyl cellosolve were prepared into a solution having a solvent composition of N-mercapto-2-pyrrolidone: butyl cellosolve = 5 〇: 5 Torr (mass ratio) and a solid concentration of 3.5% by mass. This solution was filtered through a filter of pore size 〇 .2 μηι to prepare a liquid crystal alignment agent E-1. <Production and Evaluation of Liquid Crystal Cell> Using the liquid crystal alignment agent prepared above, the pattern (two types) of the transparent electrode and the ultraviolet irradiation amount (three levels) were changed as described below, and a total of six liquid crystal display elements were produced and evaluated. [Manufacturing of Liquid Crystal Cell Having Unpatterned Transparent Electrode] A transparent electrode surface of a glass substrate having a transparent electrode of a light-shielding 4X structure having an I τ film is coated with a spin coating method. The liquid crystal alignment agent £-1 of the above-mentioned I was subjected to a 1 minute error on a hot plate of 8 ° C for a pre-heating of the knife clock, and then, in a nitrogen-substituted baking phase, at a temperature of 200 ° C, n士Λ,,, ...1小日守'The formation of a coating film with a thickness of 0.08μιη (liquid day alignment film). This operation was repeated to prepare F I as a pair of (two) substrates having a liquid crystal alignment film. -101 201229139 With respect to the β-coat film, rubbing was carried out by using a friction device having a view of winding a rayon cloth at a speed of 4 GGnm, a stage moving speed of 3 cm/sec, and a thief press-in length of 0.1. _, enter in ultrapure water minutes = ultrasonic cleaning, then at 100. The substrate was dried in a dust-free oven for 1 minute, and a substrate having a liquid crystal alignment film was obtained. This operation was repeated to obtain a pair of (two pieces) substrates having a liquid crystal alignment film. Next, an epoxy resin adhesive having an alumina sphere of 5.5 μm in diameter was applied to the outer edge of the liquid crystal alignment film of one of the pair of substrates, and then the liquid crystal alignment film surface was pressed against the surface to harden the binder. Then, a nematic liquid crystal (manufactured by Merck, MLC-6608) was filled between the pair of substrates by the liquid crystal injection port, and then the liquid crystal cell was injected with an acrylic photocurable adhesive to produce a liquid crystal cell. The above operation was repeated to manufacture three liquid crystal cells having unpatterned transparent electrodes. One of them directly evaluates the pretilt angle described later. The remaining two liquid crystal cells were irradiated with light in a state where a voltage was applied between the IT electrodes by the following method, and then supplied to the evaluation of the pretilt angle and the voltage holding ratio. Two of the above-mentioned liquid crystals 70 were respectively applied with an alternating voltage of 10 Hz at a frequency of 60 Hz between the electrodes of the I Τ , to drive the liquid crystal, and the ultraviolet ray irradiation device using the light source was a metal hydride lamp, and the ultraviolet ray was 10,000 J/m 2 . Or an irradiation dose of 100,000 J/m2. Further, the irradiation amount is a value measured using an exposure meter measured with a wavelength of 3 6 5 n m as a reference. [Evaluation of Pretilt Angle] Each of the liquid crystal cells manufactured as described above is based on Non-Patent Document No. 102-201229139 2 (TJ Scheffer et. al., J. Appl. Phys. vo. 48, p. 1783 (1977)) and The method described in Non-Patent Document 3 (F. Nakano et. al., JPN. J. Appl. Phys. v. 19, p. 20 1 3 (1 980)) by using a He-Ne laser The angle at which the liquid crystal molecules measured by the crystal rotation method are inclined from the substrate surface serves as a pretilt angle. The liquid crystal cell not irradiated with light, the liquid crystal cell having an irradiation amount of 10,000 J/m 2 , and the irradiation amount 100, and the pretilt angles of the liquid crystal cells of 〇00 J/m 2 are shown in Table 2 [Evaluation of voltage holding ratio] The liquid crystal cell was applied with a voltage of 5 V for 60 μs at a pitch of 167 msec at 23 ° C, and then the voltage holding ratio after 167 msec from the release of the pressurization was determined. The measurement device used in the liquid crystal cell of the VHR-1 照射 irradiation amount of 10,000 J/m2 and the liquid crystal cell of the irradiation amount of 10,000 J/m2 manufactured by TOYO TECHNICA Co., Ltd. are shown in Table 2. [Manufacturing (1) of Liquid Crystal Cell Having Patterned Transparent Electrode] The surface of each of the glass substrates a and B of the ITO electrode divided into a plurality of regions having the slit-like pattern shown in Fig. 1 The liquid crystal alignment agent E-1 prepared above was applied by a spin coating method, and heated on a hot plate at 80 ° C for 1 minute (preheating) to remove the solvent, and then placed in a nitrogen-substituted oven at 2 Torr. The film was heated for 1 hour to form a coating film (liquid crystal alignment film) having a film thickness of 〇8 μm. This operation is repeated to obtain a pair of (two pieces) substrates having a liquid crystal alignment film. Next, an epoxy resin adhesive having a diameter of 5 · 5 μηη alumina balls was applied to the outer edge of the liquid crystal alignment film of one of the pair of substrates, and the liquid crystal alignment film surface was pressed against the 'hardenable binder'. Then, from -103 to 201229139, a liquid crystal cell was filled with a nematic liquid crystal (manufactured by Mercke, MLC-660 8) between the pair of substrates, and the liquid crystal cell was sealed with an acrylic photocurable adhesive to produce a liquid crystal cell. The above operation was repeated to fabricate three liquid crystal cells having patterned transparent electrodes. One of them is directly supplied to the reaction rate valence described later. The remaining two liquid crystal cells are irradiated with light at a dose of 10,000 J/m 2 or 100,000 J/m 2 in a state where a voltage is applied between the conductive films in the same manner as in the production of the liquid crystal cell having the unpatterned transparent electrode. To the evaluation of the reaction rate. Further, the electrode pattern used here is the same kind of pattern as the electrode pattern of the PS A mode. [Evaluation of Reaction Rate] The respective liquid crystal cells manufactured as described above were not subjected to a voltage, and the visible light was irradiated, and the value of the light transmittance transmitted through the liquid crystal cell was measured by a photo multimeter as the relative transmittance 〇 %. Next, an alternating current voltage of 6 〇 V was applied between the electrodes of the liquid crystal cell, and the transmittance at this time was measured in the same manner as described above, and this value was taken as the relative transmittance of 1 〇 〇 〇 / 〇. At this time, when an alternating voltage of 6 〇 V was applied to each liquid crystal cell, the relative transmittance was measured from 10 ° /. Conversion to 90% of the time' This time was defined as the reaction rate and was evaluated. The liquid crystal cell which was not irradiated with light, the irradiation amount of 1 〇, the liquid crystal cell of 〇〇〇J/m2 and the liquid crystal cell of ϊ100,0〇〇J/m2 were shown in Table 2, respectively. [Manufacturing of Liquid Crystal Cell Having Patterned Transparent Electrode (2)] Using the liquid crystal alignment agent prepared above, glass substrates A and B each having an I Τ 0 electrode having a fishbone pattern shown in Figs. 2 - 104 to 201229139 were used. In the same manner as in the manufacture of the liquid crystal cell having the patterned transparent electrode (1), a liquid crystal cell having no light irradiation and a liquid crystal cell having an irradiation amount of 10,000 J/m 2 and a liquid crystal cell of 100 J/m 2 are respectively formed. The evaluation of the reaction rate was supplied as described above. The evaluation results are shown in Table 2. [Examples 2 to 34 and Comparative Examples 1 and 2] In the above Example 1, the kind and amount of the polymer (B) and the polyorganosiloxane (A) (component 1 and component 2 added as needed) A liquid alignment agent was prepared in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the liquid crystal alignment agent was produced using the liquid crystal alignment agent, and the evaluation results are shown in Table 2. The upper system and the object crystal -105 201229139 [Table 2] The amount of JH) the liquid reaction speed of the electrode (msec.) UV irradiation (J/m2) 100,000 two CNJ σ> two inches two CM m inch CM two CO two CO 2 CM o 2 inch CO O Oi O CT) inch 2 CO σ> 00 GO σ> 00 σ> CO 10,000 _I CSJ CSJ CO O) CO CM GO CO eg inch CD 卜 03 in CO CNJ σ> CO cvj s 00 00 in CM CM CO inch LO to LT> m inch inch 〇CO C0 ss CO CO another 00 CO CO eg 00 CSJ CO CO CM CD CO CNJ in CO CSI CO another 05 CM CO CM \r> CO <N CO Κ ( D CM csj (liquid reaction rate of Ο CM amount floating electrode (msec.) ultraviolet irradiation amount (J/m2) σ σ gt> LO CO CO CM to CM in CNi <£> o CO CM CM 00 α> 00 in CNI ίο CM CM 00 CO 卜二CM CM 卜二 oo 〇Ο 二〇Ο 05 co 00 CM 10,000 CO CNi ΙΩ <Μ s CSi CM σ> CM Art CO CO CNi eg 00 σ> CVi < ;〇CMJ 卜又oo CM CO csj σ> s CO CM to to CD to if> CD 〇ΓΟ CO CO σ> eg <〇CO S oo CO E5 CD CM 00 CM CO CO 05 CM CO CO σ> CM in CO CNJ CO 05 CM in CO CM CO 5 00 0*4 to CSI 5 <〇CM 00 Cvi ss Liquid crystal cell voltage retention ratio (%) with unpatterned electrode UV irradiation S (J/m2) 100,000 σ> L 99.2 1 丨99.3 1 I 99.3 I 1 99.2 1 (J) σ> CO ai σ> L 99.4 II 99.1 | | 9_M— I 99.2 I 1 99.4 I 1 99.3 1 1 99.4 i 1 99.2 1 I 99.2 II 99.1 ! 1 99.2 i 1 99.2 1 1 99.4 1 1 99.4 1 1 99.2 1 1 99.2 1 1 99.4 1 1 99.3 I 1 99.4 1 1 99.4 1 I 99.4 1 1 99.4 1 々σ>σ> 99.4 I inch ai σ > 99.4 | CO σ > σ > , 99.0 I 10,000 CO σ > σ > 1 99.3 1 1 99.5 1 I 99.5 I vs σ > I 99.3 II 99.4 II 99.3 II 99.6 II 99.3 II 99.6 | I 99.4 I 1 99.6 1 1 99.5 1 1 99.6 1 1 99.3 1 I 99.4 I 1 99.3 j 1 99.4 1 1 99.4 1 1 99.6 1 1 99.5 1 1 99.4 1 1 99.3 1 1 99.6 1 1 99.4 I 1 99.6 1 1 99.6 1 I 99.6 1 <〇σ>σ> 1 99.6 1 I 99.6 II 99.6 | I 99.6 I co ai σ> :99.1 I Pretilt angle Γ UV irradiation fi(J/m2) 〇〇〇οο 1 83.6 1 1 81.0 j I 83.5 I 1 87.3 I 81.3 1 I 8 7.4 | CO oo I 88.2 II 83.7 I 87.3 I 81.5 1 86.7 1 1 87.2 00 in 00 o δ 1 86.5 1 1 86.3 1 1 86.5 1 丨86.9 1 1 86.8 1 1 87.5 | 87.8 | 87.3 1 1 87.5 | 87.4 1 δ 87.4 I CM ES '87.4 I 81.3 I 〇〇〇' CM 00 ο I 86.0 II 86.6 I 1 88.9 1 1 86.2 1 I 88.7 | σ> 00 I 89.2 II 87.0 | I 88.3 II 86.1 I o 00 00 1 88.5 I 1 88.4 1 1 87.3 | I 88.2 I 1 88.6 1 c〇S L87JI 1 87.5 | 1 88.8 I 1 88.0 1 1 88.5 1 1 88,2 1 〇6 00 [88.9 1 88.3 1 ,88.2 1 1 88.3 1 88.3 1 88.2 II 88.3 II 88.2 I CSJ QO OO 86.2 I 〇00 σ> οο 1 89.9 1 I 89.9 I σ> σ) 00 1 89.9 1 1 89.8 1 I 89.8 I I89.8 II 89.9 II 89.9 II 89.9 II 89.8 I 1 89.9 1 1 89.9 1 1 89.9 1 1 89.8 II 89.9 I 1 89.8 1 1 89.8 1 I 89.9 1 丨89,9 1 1 89.9 1 1 89.8 1 1 89.8 1 1 89.9 1 1 89.8 1 1 89.9 1 i 89.9 1 1 89.9 1 1 89.9 1 ! 89.9 1 89.9 II 89.9 I 89.9 | C7) ai 00 89.8 I Polyorgano hydrazine compound (A) (combination amount with respect to 100 parts by mass of polymer (B)) Component 2 Preparation amount (parts by mass) ο LO In o CO CO CO in in CO CO 1 CO 1 CO I CO 1 1 1 CO CO in CO CO 1 CO c〇c〇CO CO CO CO in o Species CD I < 1 Α-7 1 CO 1 < 〇CO I 〇< 1 < 1 AC-SQI CD I < CO < I A-7 CO I < 〇¢0 I o < CD 1 < 1 [a-7 丨1 CO 1 < I 1 AC-SQI 1 1 1 CD 1 < 〇( O 1 〇< 1 AC-SQI CD 1 < 1 AC-SQI 1 ο to 1 ο < 〇(D 1 〇σ CO 1 o σ CO 1 ο <〇u> I 〇< I AC-SQI I AC-SQI I < 1 I < Ingredient 1 Blending 5 (parts by mass) ΙΤ5 ooo in in ao in o in o in LO in in oo to tn o io o ο oo ο oo 〇 II Category 1 < CM 1 < 00 1 < I A-3 | 1 A-4 | 00 1 < I A-2 II a-4 | I A-4 | I A-5 jl A-2 I CO 1 <σ><; O) 1 < 〇T < o T < Τ Ι < r- < 1 A-12| LA-121 LA-131 | A-141 LO 7 < CD T < ω T < T < 00 T < Ο) τ <<< CSJ CM 1 < co <NI << in eg I < II Polymer (B) τ~ 1 < Q. Τ Ι <; 1 PA-1 II PI-1 1 I PI-1 I 1 Pi-1 II PI-2 I I- PI-2 II PI-2 II PI-2 l I PI-2 I 1 PI-2 丨1 EI PI-2 1 丨PI-1 I 1 PI-1 I l PI-2 I LPh-21 1 PI-3 1 LBr-31 1 PI-2 1 CO 1 0: 1 PI-1 1 1 0: :PI-2 I LPI-31 T— E 1 δ: 0: ! PI-1 IT·- CL r~ 0: τ- Ι 0: r— ID: 丄;1酽11 CN 1 LU CO I UJ 1 E-4..II E -5 i (DI LU I E-7 | 00 I UJ 0> I UJ 〇T UJ r~ T LU IE-121 CO T LU inch T UJ IE-151 CD T UJ T Lit 00 T LLI T LU 8 LU r *· CM 1 LU CSJ CM I LI) CO CVJ 1 m UJ Lf) CsJ LU CO CNJ m csi m ω CM mountain σ> eg 1 UJ LU I UJ CN CO I LU CO co I LU inch CO I LiJ T"- I LU 〇ICE-2! ϊ m κ CM 匡m κ CO 匡m K inch m K in 匡m K to 匡mw 卜{« CO 匡m K σ> S mwi 闺w 5 m K <N imw CO im K inch im H in 5 m K CD Ϊ m K im [K GO ί m K σ> Ϊ 63⁄4 匡m 肫 leather mw CNI (N mi£i K CO CVi 匡m K 5 monument M LO CM 匡m CD 匡m K c\i 匡埕Μ 00 CN) 荜m (W σ> (N 匡m CO m 闺Ά CM CO m grip K CO CO m 1£) K m K i Age a CM & u -106- .201229139 As can be seen from the results of Table 2, in the method of the present invention, the amount of ultraviolet irradiation is 100,000 <1112 (1 > 8 Currently used values. The degree of the pretilt angle obtained by the irradiation is excessive, and the pretilt angle obtained by the irradiation amount of 10, 〇〇〇j/m2 or less is suitable. Further, even when the amount of irradiation is small, a sufficiently fast reaction rate can be obtained, and the voltage holding ratio is also excellent. Therefore, the method according to the present invention can realize the advantages of the PSA mode with a small amount of light irradiation, and can manufacture a liquid crystal display element having a liquid crystal reaction speed faster than that of the current PSa mode liquid crystal display element. [Industrial Applicability] According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a method of manufacturing a liquid crystal display element which has a wide viewing angle and a fast anti-deer speed of liquid crystal molecules, and which is excellent in display characteristics and long-term reliability. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Fig. 1 is an explanatory view showing a transparent conductive film pattern in a liquid crystal cell having a patterned transparent conductive film produced in Examples and Comparative Examples. Fig. 2 is a view showing an example and a comparative example. Description of the transparent conductive film pattern in the liquid crystal cell having the patterned transparent conductive film produced [Main element symbol description] 1 ITO electrode 2 slit portion 3 light shielding film-107-
Claims (1)
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2011003070 | 2011-01-11 |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
TW201229139A true TW201229139A (en) | 2012-07-16 |
TWI531619B TWI531619B (en) | 2016-05-01 |
Family
ID=46479949
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
TW101101020A TWI531619B (en) | 2011-01-11 | 2012-01-11 | Method of manufacturing liquid crystal display device, liquid crystal display device and liquid crystal alignment agent |
Country Status (4)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JP5927859B2 (en) |
KR (1) | KR101809988B1 (en) |
CN (1) | CN102591071B (en) |
TW (1) | TWI531619B (en) |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
TWI490237B (en) * | 2013-05-22 | 2015-07-01 | Daxin Materials Corp | An acrylic resin composition, an alignment film formed, and a three-dimensional liquid Crystal display |
TWI596141B (en) * | 2013-02-07 | 2017-08-21 | Jsr股份有限公司 | Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element and method for producing the same |
Families Citing this family (10)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN102604652B (en) * | 2011-01-13 | 2016-01-13 | Jsr株式会社 | Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal display device and manufacture method thereof |
JP2014016389A (en) * | 2012-07-05 | 2014-01-30 | Jsr Corp | Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal display element and method for manufacturing the same |
CN104937480B (en) * | 2012-07-24 | 2018-01-16 | 日产化学工业株式会社 | Manufacture method, liquid crystal orientation film, liquid crystal display cells, polymer and the aligning agent for liquid crystal of liquid crystal orientation film |
JPWO2014167885A1 (en) * | 2013-04-12 | 2017-02-16 | Jsr株式会社 | Optical device |
CN105452262A (en) | 2013-06-06 | 2016-03-30 | 日产化学工业株式会社 | Alkoxysilane compound, liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element |
JP6534034B2 (en) * | 2014-05-14 | 2019-06-26 | 学校法人神奈川大学 | Curable composition, method for producing cured product using the same and method for re-dissolving the same |
JP6658213B2 (en) * | 2015-06-30 | 2020-03-04 | Jsr株式会社 | Viewing angle compensation film, manufacturing method of viewing angle compensation film, polarizing plate, liquid crystal display device, and organic EL device |
JP7227557B2 (en) * | 2016-11-22 | 2023-02-22 | 日産化学株式会社 | Method for manufacturing liquid crystal display element |
EP3335897B1 (en) * | 2016-12-15 | 2023-09-27 | Ricoh Company, Ltd. | Method of forming a surface covering, apparatus for forming a surface covering and a surface covering |
US12024640B2 (en) * | 2021-10-18 | 2024-07-02 | Dupont Electronics Inc. | UV-curing resin compositions for hard coat applications |
Family Cites Families (10)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
DE19833258C1 (en) * | 1998-07-23 | 1999-10-28 | Consortium Elektrochem Ind | New nematic organosiloxanes used in the production of birefringent films |
JP4666137B2 (en) * | 2004-10-26 | 2011-04-06 | Jsr株式会社 | Method for forming liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element and optical member |
CN101589333B (en) * | 2006-12-27 | 2011-06-08 | 日产化学工业株式会社 | Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film using the same, and liquid crystal display element |
KR100956675B1 (en) * | 2007-12-07 | 2010-05-10 | 제일모직주식회사 | Alignment agent of liquid crystal, alignment film of liquid crystal including the same, and liquid crystal display including the same |
TWI466852B (en) * | 2008-03-18 | 2015-01-01 | Chi Mei Corp | Liquid crystal aligning agent and method for producing liquid crystal alignment film |
US8163199B2 (en) * | 2008-06-30 | 2012-04-24 | Chimei Innoloux Corporation | Alignment treatment method of substrate for liquid crystal display device and manufacturing method thereof |
CN102272670B (en) * | 2009-01-08 | 2014-03-26 | 夏普株式会社 | Composition for forming liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display device |
JP5630013B2 (en) * | 2009-01-30 | 2014-11-26 | ソニー株式会社 | Manufacturing method of liquid crystal display device |
JP5630014B2 (en) * | 2009-01-30 | 2014-11-26 | ソニー株式会社 | Manufacturing method of liquid crystal display device |
WO2011105575A1 (en) * | 2010-02-26 | 2011-09-01 | 日産化学工業株式会社 | Liquid crystal display element and liquid crystal aligning agent |
-
2011
- 2011-11-18 JP JP2011253347A patent/JP5927859B2/en active Active
- 2011-12-28 KR KR1020110144545A patent/KR101809988B1/en active IP Right Grant
-
2012
- 2012-01-11 CN CN201210019853.0A patent/CN102591071B/en active Active
- 2012-01-11 TW TW101101020A patent/TWI531619B/en active
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
TWI596141B (en) * | 2013-02-07 | 2017-08-21 | Jsr股份有限公司 | Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element and method for producing the same |
TWI490237B (en) * | 2013-05-22 | 2015-07-01 | Daxin Materials Corp | An acrylic resin composition, an alignment film formed, and a three-dimensional liquid Crystal display |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN102591071B (en) | 2016-03-16 |
KR101809988B1 (en) | 2017-12-18 |
TWI531619B (en) | 2016-05-01 |
KR20120081552A (en) | 2012-07-19 |
CN102591071A (en) | 2012-07-18 |
JP5927859B2 (en) | 2016-06-01 |
JP2012159826A (en) | 2012-08-23 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
TW201229139A (en) | Method of manufacturing liquid crystal display device, liquid crystal display device and liquid crystal alignment agnet | |
TWI468442B (en) | Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display element | |
TWI526752B (en) | Method for producing liquid crystal display element, polymer composition and liquid crystal display element | |
TWI460509B (en) | Liquid crystal aligning agent, liquid crystal alignment film and liquid crystal display element | |
TWI515236B (en) | Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, method for forming liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, and polyorganosiloxane compounds | |
TW201213397A (en) | Liquid crystal alignment agent for phase difference film, and liquid crystal alignment film for phase difference film, and phase difference film and producing method thereof | |
TWI480317B (en) | Liquid crystal alignment agent and liquid crystal display element | |
TWI504643B (en) | Liquid crystal display element and method for producing the same | |
TWI531615B (en) | Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal display element, liquid crystal alignment membrane and polyorganicsiloxane compound | |
TW201037038A (en) | Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal display element and the preparation method thereof | |
TW201416777A (en) | Liquid crystal alignment agent and liquid crystal alignment film for PSA-mode liquid crystal display device, liquid crystal display device and method for manufacturing the same | |
TWI255293B (en) | Liquid crystal film and optical film comprising the liquid crystal film | |
KR20130056167A (en) | Liquid crystal aligning agent, forming method for liquid crystal alignment film, and liquid crystal display device | |
TWI492969B (en) | Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element and polyorgano siloxane compound | |
TW201035037A (en) | Liquid crystal alignment agent, method for forming liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element and the preparation method thereof | |
TWI554550B (en) | Liquid crystal alignment agent, method for manufacturing liquid crystal display device, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display device, polymer and carboxylic acid | |
TWI502033B (en) | Method for producing liquid crystal display element, polymer composition and liquid crystal display element | |
TWI487719B (en) | Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal display device and polyorganosiloxane compounds | |
TWI512014B (en) | Liquid crystal alignment agent and liquid crystal display device | |
TWI298332B (en) | Varnish for forming liquid crystal oriented film, liquid crystal oriented film, and liquid crystal display device | |
TWI540155B (en) | Liquid crystal display element and alignment agent | |
TWI558771B (en) | Liquid crystal alignment agnet, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display device and method for fabricating liquid crystal display device | |
TW201247744A (en) | Liquid crystal orientation agent, liquid crystal orientation film and liquid crystal display device | |
TWI647234B (en) | Liquid crystal alignment agent, liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element, method for producing liquid crystal display element, polymer and compound | |
TW201202309A (en) | Liquid crystal alignment agent, method for forming liquid crystal alignment film, liquid crystal display element and compound |